wx/msw/filedlg.h \
wx/msw/font.h \
wx/msw/frame.h \
- wx/msw/gauge95.h \
+ wx/msw/gauge.h \
wx/msw/gdiimage.h \
wx/msw/icon.h \
wx/msw/imaglist.h \
wx/msw/rcdefs.h \
wx/msw/scrolbar.h \
wx/msw/setup0.h \
- wx/msw/slider95.h \
+ wx/msw/slider.h \
wx/msw/spinbutt.h \
wx/msw/spinctrl.h \
wx/msw/statbmp.h \
wx/msw/statbox.h \
- wx/msw/statbr95.h \
+ wx/msw/statusbar.h \
wx/msw/statline.h \
wx/msw/stattext.h \
wx/msw/tabctrl.h \
- wx/msw/tbar95.h \
+ wx/msw/toolbar.h \
wx/msw/textctrl.h \
wx/msw/textentry.h \
wx/msw/tglbtn.h \
wx/msw/filedlg.h \
wx/msw/font.h \
wx/msw/frame.h \
- wx/msw/gauge95.h \
+ wx/msw/gauge.h \
wx/msw/gdiimage.h \
wx/msw/icon.h \
wx/msw/imaglist.h \
wx/msw/rcdefs.h \
wx/msw/scrolbar.h \
wx/msw/setup0.h \
- wx/msw/slider95.h \
+ wx/msw/slider.h \
wx/msw/spinbutt.h \
wx/msw/spinctrl.h \
wx/msw/statbmp.h \
wx/msw/statbox.h \
- wx/msw/statbr95.h \
+ wx/msw/statusbar.h \
wx/msw/statline.h \
wx/msw/stattext.h \
wx/msw/tabctrl.h \
- wx/msw/tbar95.h \
+ wx/msw/toolbar.h \
wx/msw/textctrl.h \
wx/msw/textentry.h \
wx/msw/tglbtn.h \
monodll_dragimag.o \
monodll_filedlg.o \
monodll_frame.o \
- monodll_gauge95.o \
+ monodll_gauge.o \
monodll_iniconf.o \
monodll_listbox.o \
monodll_listctrl.o \
monodll_radiobox.o \
monodll_radiobut.o \
monodll_scrolbar.o \
- monodll_slider95.o \
+ monodll_slider.o \
monodll_spinbutt.o \
monodll_spinctrl.o \
monodll_statbmp.o \
monodll_statbox.o \
- monodll_statbr95.o \
+ monodll_statusbar.o \
monodll_statline.o \
monodll_stattext.o \
monodll_tabctrl.o \
- monodll_tbar95.o \
+ monodll_toolbar.o \
monodll_textctrl.o \
monodll_textentry.o \
monodll_tglbtn.o \
monodll_dragimag.o \
monodll_filedlg.o \
monodll_frame.o \
- monodll_gauge95.o \
+ monodll_gauge.o \
monodll_iniconf.o \
monodll_listbox.o \
monodll_listctrl.o \
monodll_radiobox.o \
monodll_radiobut.o \
monodll_scrolbar.o \
- monodll_slider95.o \
+ monodll_slider.o \
monodll_spinbutt.o \
monodll_spinctrl.o \
monodll_statbmp.o \
monodll_statbox.o \
- monodll_statbr95.o \
+ monodll_statusbar.o \
monodll_statline.o \
monodll_stattext.o \
monodll_tabctrl.o \
- monodll_tbar95.o \
+ monodll_toolbar.o \
monodll_textctrl.o \
monodll_textentry.o \
monodll_tglbtn.o \
monolib_dragimag.o \
monolib_filedlg.o \
monolib_frame.o \
- monolib_gauge95.o \
+ monolib_gauge.o \
monolib_iniconf.o \
monolib_listbox.o \
monolib_listctrl.o \
monolib_radiobox.o \
monolib_radiobut.o \
monolib_scrolbar.o \
- monolib_slider95.o \
+ monolib_slider.o \
monolib_spinbutt.o \
monolib_spinctrl.o \
monolib_statbmp.o \
monolib_statbox.o \
- monolib_statbr95.o \
+ monolib_statusbar.o \
monolib_statline.o \
monolib_stattext.o \
monolib_tabctrl.o \
- monolib_tbar95.o \
+ monolib_toolbar.o \
monolib_textctrl.o \
monolib_textentry.o \
monolib_tglbtn.o \
monolib_dragimag.o \
monolib_filedlg.o \
monolib_frame.o \
- monolib_gauge95.o \
+ monolib_gauge.o \
monolib_iniconf.o \
monolib_listbox.o \
monolib_listctrl.o \
monolib_radiobox.o \
monolib_radiobut.o \
monolib_scrolbar.o \
- monolib_slider95.o \
+ monolib_slider.o \
monolib_spinbutt.o \
monolib_spinctrl.o \
monolib_statbmp.o \
monolib_statbox.o \
- monolib_statbr95.o \
+ monolib_statusbar.o \
monolib_statline.o \
monolib_stattext.o \
monolib_tabctrl.o \
- monolib_tbar95.o \
+ monolib_toolbar.o \
monolib_textctrl.o \
monolib_textentry.o \
monolib_tglbtn.o \
coredll_dragimag.o \
coredll_filedlg.o \
coredll_frame.o \
- coredll_gauge95.o \
+ coredll_gauge.o \
coredll_iniconf.o \
coredll_listbox.o \
coredll_listctrl.o \
coredll_radiobox.o \
coredll_radiobut.o \
coredll_scrolbar.o \
- coredll_slider95.o \
+ coredll_slider.o \
coredll_spinbutt.o \
coredll_spinctrl.o \
coredll_statbmp.o \
coredll_statbox.o \
- coredll_statbr95.o \
+ coredll_statusbar.o \
coredll_statline.o \
coredll_stattext.o \
coredll_tabctrl.o \
- coredll_tbar95.o \
+ coredll_toolbar.o \
coredll_textctrl.o \
coredll_textentry.o \
coredll_tglbtn.o \
coredll_dragimag.o \
coredll_filedlg.o \
coredll_frame.o \
- coredll_gauge95.o \
+ coredll_gauge.o \
coredll_iniconf.o \
coredll_listbox.o \
coredll_listctrl.o \
coredll_radiobox.o \
coredll_radiobut.o \
coredll_scrolbar.o \
- coredll_slider95.o \
+ coredll_slider.o \
coredll_spinbutt.o \
coredll_spinctrl.o \
coredll_statbmp.o \
coredll_statbox.o \
- coredll_statbr95.o \
+ coredll_statusbar.o \
coredll_statline.o \
coredll_stattext.o \
coredll_tabctrl.o \
- coredll_tbar95.o \
+ coredll_toolbar.o \
coredll_textctrl.o \
coredll_textentry.o \
coredll_tglbtn.o \
corelib_dragimag.o \
corelib_filedlg.o \
corelib_frame.o \
- corelib_gauge95.o \
+ corelib_gauge.o \
corelib_iniconf.o \
corelib_listbox.o \
corelib_listctrl.o \
corelib_radiobox.o \
corelib_radiobut.o \
corelib_scrolbar.o \
- corelib_slider95.o \
+ corelib_slider.o \
corelib_spinbutt.o \
corelib_spinctrl.o \
corelib_statbmp.o \
corelib_statbox.o \
- corelib_statbr95.o \
+ corelib_statusbar.o \
corelib_statline.o \
corelib_stattext.o \
corelib_tabctrl.o \
- corelib_tbar95.o \
+ corelib_toolbar.o \
corelib_textctrl.o \
corelib_textentry.o \
corelib_tglbtn.o \
corelib_dragimag.o \
corelib_filedlg.o \
corelib_frame.o \
- corelib_gauge95.o \
+ corelib_gauge.o \
corelib_iniconf.o \
corelib_listbox.o \
corelib_listctrl.o \
corelib_radiobox.o \
corelib_radiobut.o \
corelib_scrolbar.o \
- corelib_slider95.o \
+ corelib_slider.o \
corelib_spinbutt.o \
corelib_spinctrl.o \
corelib_statbmp.o \
corelib_statbox.o \
- corelib_statbr95.o \
+ corelib_statusbar.o \
corelib_statline.o \
corelib_stattext.o \
corelib_tabctrl.o \
- corelib_tbar95.o \
+ corelib_toolbar.o \
corelib_textctrl.o \
corelib_textentry.o \
corelib_tglbtn.o \
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/gauge.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/gauge.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/gauge.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/gauge.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/slider.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/slider.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/slider.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/slider.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/toolbar.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/toolbar.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/toolbar.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/toolbar.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_dragimag.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/dragimag.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/dragimag.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_gauge95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_gauge95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp
-
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_iniconf.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/iniconf.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/iniconf.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_ownerdrw.o: $(srcdir)/src/os2/ownerdrw.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/os2/ownerdrw.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_slider95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_statusbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_slider95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_statbr95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_statbr95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_statusbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_tabctrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tabctrl.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tabctrl.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_tabctrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/os2/tabctrl.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/os2/tabctrl.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_tbar95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_tbar95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp
-
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monodll_treectrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/treectrl.cpp $(MONODLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/treectrl.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/gauge.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/gauge.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/gauge.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/gauge.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/slider.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/slider.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/slider.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/slider.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/toolbar.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/toolbar.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/toolbar.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/toolbar.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_dragimag.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/dragimag.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/dragimag.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_gauge95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_gauge95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp
-
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_iniconf.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/iniconf.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/iniconf.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_ownerdrw.o: $(srcdir)/src/os2/ownerdrw.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/os2/ownerdrw.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_slider95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_slider95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_statusbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_statbr95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_statbr95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_statusbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_tabctrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tabctrl.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tabctrl.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_tabctrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/os2/tabctrl.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/os2/tabctrl.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_tbar95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_tbar95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp
-
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@monolib_treectrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/treectrl.cpp $(MONOLIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/treectrl.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/gauge.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/gauge.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/gauge.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/gauge.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/slider.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/slider.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/slider.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/slider.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/toolbar.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/toolbar.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/toolbar.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/toolbar.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_dragimag.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/dragimag.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/dragimag.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_gauge95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_gauge95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp
-
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_iniconf.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/iniconf.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/iniconf.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_ownerdrw.o: $(srcdir)/src/os2/ownerdrw.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/os2/ownerdrw.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_slider95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_slider95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_statusbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_statbr95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_statbr95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_statusbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_tabctrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tabctrl.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tabctrl.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_tabctrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/os2/tabctrl.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/os2/tabctrl.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_tbar95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_tbar95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp
-
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@coredll_treectrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/treectrl.cpp $(COREDLL_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/treectrl.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/gauge.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/gauge.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_gauge.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/gauge.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/gauge.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/slider.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/slider.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_slider.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/slider.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/slider.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/motif/toolbar.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MOTIF_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/motif/toolbar.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_toolbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/toolbar.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MAC_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/mac/carbon/toolbar.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_dragimag.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/dragimag.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/dragimag.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_gauge95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_gauge95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/gauge95.cpp
-
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_iniconf.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/iniconf.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/iniconf.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_ownerdrw.o: $(srcdir)/src/os2/ownerdrw.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/os2/ownerdrw.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_slider95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_statusbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_slider95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/slider95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_statbr95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_statbr95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statbr95.cpp
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_statusbar.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
+@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/statusbar.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_tabctrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tabctrl.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tabctrl.cpp
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_tabctrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/os2/tabctrl.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_PM_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/os2/tabctrl.cpp
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_tbar95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp
-
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_tbar95.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
-@COND_TOOLKIT_WINCE_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/tbar95.cpp
-
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@corelib_treectrl.o: $(srcdir)/src/msw/treectrl.cpp $(CORELIB_ODEP)
@COND_TOOLKIT_MSW_USE_GUI_1_WXUNIV_0@ $(CXXC) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/src/msw/treectrl.cpp
src/msw/dragimag.cpp
src/msw/filedlg.cpp
src/msw/frame.cpp
- src/msw/gauge95.cpp
+ src/msw/gauge.cpp
src/msw/iniconf.cpp
src/msw/listbox.cpp
src/msw/listctrl.cpp
src/msw/radiobox.cpp
src/msw/radiobut.cpp
src/msw/scrolbar.cpp
- src/msw/slider95.cpp
+ src/msw/slider.cpp
src/msw/spinbutt.cpp
src/msw/spinctrl.cpp
src/msw/statbmp.cpp
src/msw/statbox.cpp
- src/msw/statbr95.cpp
+ src/msw/statusbar.cpp
src/msw/statline.cpp
src/msw/stattext.cpp
src/msw/tabctrl.cpp
- src/msw/tbar95.cpp
+ src/msw/toolbar.cpp
src/msw/textctrl.cpp
src/msw/textentry.cpp
src/msw/tglbtn.cpp
wx/msw/filedlg.h
wx/msw/font.h
wx/msw/frame.h
- wx/msw/gauge95.h
+ wx/msw/gauge.h
wx/msw/gdiimage.h
wx/msw/icon.h
wx/msw/imaglist.h
wx/msw/rcdefs.h
wx/msw/scrolbar.h
wx/msw/setup0.h
- wx/msw/slider95.h
+ wx/msw/slider.h
wx/msw/spinbutt.h
wx/msw/spinctrl.h
wx/msw/statbmp.h
wx/msw/statbox.h
- wx/msw/statbr95.h
+ wx/msw/statusbar.h
wx/msw/statline.h
wx/msw/stattext.h
wx/msw/tabctrl.h
- wx/msw/tbar95.h
+ wx/msw/toolbar.h
wx/msw/textctrl.h
wx/msw/textentry.h
wx/msw/tglbtn.h
$(OBJS)\monodll_dragimag.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_filedlg.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_frame.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_gauge95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_iniconf.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_listbox.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_listctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_radiobox.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_radiobut.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_scrolbar.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_slider95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinbutt.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_statbmp.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_statbox.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_statbr95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_statusbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_statline.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_stattext.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_tabctrl.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_tbar95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_textctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_textentry.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_tglbtn.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_dragimag.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_filedlg.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_frame.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_gauge95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_iniconf.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_listbox.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_listctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_radiobox.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_radiobut.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_scrolbar.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_slider95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinbutt.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_statbmp.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_statbox.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_statbr95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_statusbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_statline.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_stattext.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_tabctrl.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_tbar95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_textctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_textentry.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_tglbtn.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_dragimag.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_filedlg.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_frame.obj \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_gauge95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_iniconf.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_listbox.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_listctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_radiobox.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_radiobut.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_scrolbar.obj \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_slider95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinbutt.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_statbmp.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_statbox.obj \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_statbr95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_statusbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_statline.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_stattext.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_tabctrl.obj \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_tbar95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_textctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_textentry.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_tglbtn.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_dragimag.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_filedlg.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_frame.obj \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_gauge95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_iniconf.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_listbox.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_listctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_radiobox.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_radiobut.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_scrolbar.obj \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_slider95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinbutt.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_statbmp.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_statbox.obj \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_statbr95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_statusbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_statline.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_stattext.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_tabctrl.obj \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_tbar95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_textctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_textentry.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_tglbtn.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_frame.obj: ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_iniconf.obj: ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_ownerdrw.obj: ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_slider95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_statbr95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\monodll_statusbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_tabctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_tbar95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_textentry.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_framuniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_inpcons.obj: ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_scrthumb.obj: ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_stdrend.obj: ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_theme.obj: ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_topluniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\dialog.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monodll_listbox.obj: ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrolbar.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinbutt.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stattext.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monodll_textctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_frame.obj: ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_iniconf.obj: ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_ownerdrw.obj: ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_slider95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_statbr95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\monolib_statusbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_tabctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_tbar95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_textentry.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_framuniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_inpcons.obj: ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_scrthumb.obj: ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_stdrend.obj: ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_theme.obj: ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_topluniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\dialog.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monolib_listbox.obj: ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrolbar.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinbutt.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stattext.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monolib_textctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_frame.obj: ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_iniconf.obj: ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_ownerdrw.obj: ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_slider95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_statbr95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\coredll_statusbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_tabctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_tbar95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_textentry.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_framuniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_inpcons.obj: ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_scrthumb.obj: ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_stdrend.obj: ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_theme.obj: ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_topluniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\dialog.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\coredll_listbox.obj: ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrolbar.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinbutt.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stattext.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\coredll_textctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_frame.obj: ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_iniconf.obj: ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_ownerdrw.obj: ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_slider95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_statbr95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\corelib_statusbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_tabctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_tbar95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_textentry.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_framuniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_inpcons.obj: ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_scrthumb.obj: ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_stdrend.obj: ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_theme.obj: ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_topluniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\dialog.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\corelib_listbox.obj: ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrolbar.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinbutt.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stattext.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\corelib_textctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -q -c -P -o$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_dragimag.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_filedlg.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_frame.o \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_gauge95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_iniconf.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_listbox.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_listctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_radiobox.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_radiobut.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_scrolbar.o \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_slider95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_slider.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinbutt.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_statbmp.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_statbox.o \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_statbr95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_statusbar.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_statline.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_stattext.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_tabctrl.o \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_tbar95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_textctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_textentry.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_tglbtn.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_dragimag.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_filedlg.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_frame.o \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_gauge95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_iniconf.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_listbox.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_listctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_radiobox.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_radiobut.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_scrolbar.o \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_slider95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_slider.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinbutt.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_statbmp.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_statbox.o \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_statbr95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_statusbar.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_statline.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_stattext.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_tabctrl.o \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_tbar95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_textctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_textentry.o \
$(OBJS)\monolib_tglbtn.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_dragimag.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_filedlg.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_frame.o \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_gauge95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_iniconf.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_listbox.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_listctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_radiobox.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_radiobut.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_scrolbar.o \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_slider95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_slider.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinbutt.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_statbmp.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_statbox.o \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_statbr95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_statusbar.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_statline.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_stattext.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_tabctrl.o \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_tbar95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_textctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_textentry.o \
$(OBJS)\coredll_tglbtn.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_dragimag.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_filedlg.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_frame.o \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_gauge95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_iniconf.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_listbox.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_listctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_radiobox.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_radiobut.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_scrolbar.o \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_slider95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_slider.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinbutt.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_statbmp.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_statbox.o \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_statbr95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_statusbar.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_statline.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_stattext.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_tabctrl.o \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_tbar95.o \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_textctrl.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_textentry.o \
$(OBJS)\corelib_tglbtn.o \
$(OBJS)\monodll_frame.o: ../../src/msw/frame.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge95.o: ../../src/msw/gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_iniconf.o: ../../src/msw/iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\monodll_ownerdrw.o: ../../src/msw/ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_slider95.o: ../../src/msw/slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinctrl.o: ../../src/msw/spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_statbr95.o: ../../src/msw/statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\monodll_statusbar.o: ../../src/msw/statusbar.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\monodll_tabctrl.o: ../../src/msw/tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_tbar95.o: ../../src/msw/tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_textentry.o: ../../src/msw/textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\monodll_framuniv.o: ../../src/univ/framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.o: ../../src/univ/gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_inpcons.o: ../../src/univ/inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\monodll_scrthumb.o: ../../src/univ/scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.o: ../../src/univ/slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_stdrend.o: ../../src/univ/stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\monodll_theme.o: ../../src/univ/theme.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.o: ../../src/univ/toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_topluniv.o: ../../src/univ/topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.o: ../../src/msw/gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.o: ../../src/univ/gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\monodll_listbox.o: ../../src/msw/listbox.cpp
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.o: ../../src/msw/slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.o: ../../src/univ/slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinbutt.o: ../../src/msw/spinbutt.cpp
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.o: ../../src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.o: ../../src/univ/toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\monodll_textctrl.o: ../../src/msw/textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_frame.o: ../../src/msw/frame.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge95.o: ../../src/msw/gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_iniconf.o: ../../src/msw/iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\monolib_ownerdrw.o: ../../src/msw/ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_slider95.o: ../../src/msw/slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinctrl.o: ../../src/msw/spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_statbr95.o: ../../src/msw/statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\monolib_statusbar.o: ../../src/msw/statusbar.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\monolib_tabctrl.o: ../../src/msw/tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_tbar95.o: ../../src/msw/tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_textentry.o: ../../src/msw/textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\monolib_framuniv.o: ../../src/univ/framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.o: ../../src/univ/gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_inpcons.o: ../../src/univ/inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\monolib_scrthumb.o: ../../src/univ/scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.o: ../../src/univ/slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_stdrend.o: ../../src/univ/stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\monolib_theme.o: ../../src/univ/theme.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.o: ../../src/univ/toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_topluniv.o: ../../src/univ/topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.o: ../../src/msw/gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.o: ../../src/univ/gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\monolib_listbox.o: ../../src/msw/listbox.cpp
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.o: ../../src/msw/slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.o: ../../src/univ/slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinbutt.o: ../../src/msw/spinbutt.cpp
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.o: ../../src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.o: ../../src/univ/toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\monolib_textctrl.o: ../../src/msw/textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_frame.o: ../../src/msw/frame.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge95.o: ../../src/msw/gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_iniconf.o: ../../src/msw/iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\coredll_ownerdrw.o: ../../src/msw/ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_slider95.o: ../../src/msw/slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinctrl.o: ../../src/msw/spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_statbr95.o: ../../src/msw/statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\coredll_statusbar.o: ../../src/msw/statusbar.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\coredll_tabctrl.o: ../../src/msw/tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_tbar95.o: ../../src/msw/tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_textentry.o: ../../src/msw/textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\coredll_framuniv.o: ../../src/univ/framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.o: ../../src/univ/gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_inpcons.o: ../../src/univ/inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\coredll_scrthumb.o: ../../src/univ/scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.o: ../../src/univ/slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_stdrend.o: ../../src/univ/stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\coredll_theme.o: ../../src/univ/theme.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.o: ../../src/univ/toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_topluniv.o: ../../src/univ/topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.o: ../../src/msw/gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.o: ../../src/univ/gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\coredll_listbox.o: ../../src/msw/listbox.cpp
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.o: ../../src/msw/slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.o: ../../src/univ/slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinbutt.o: ../../src/msw/spinbutt.cpp
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.o: ../../src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.o: ../../src/univ/toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\coredll_textctrl.o: ../../src/msw/textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_frame.o: ../../src/msw/frame.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge95.o: ../../src/msw/gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_iniconf.o: ../../src/msw/iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\corelib_ownerdrw.o: ../../src/msw/ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_slider95.o: ../../src/msw/slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinctrl.o: ../../src/msw/spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_statbr95.o: ../../src/msw/statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\corelib_statusbar.o: ../../src/msw/statusbar.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\corelib_tabctrl.o: ../../src/msw/tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_tbar95.o: ../../src/msw/tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_textentry.o: ../../src/msw/textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\corelib_framuniv.o: ../../src/univ/framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.o: ../../src/univ/gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_inpcons.o: ../../src/univ/inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\corelib_scrthumb.o: ../../src/univ/scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.o: ../../src/univ/slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_stdrend.o: ../../src/univ/stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
$(OBJS)\corelib_theme.o: ../../src/univ/theme.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.o: ../../src/univ/toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_topluniv.o: ../../src/univ/topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.o: ../../src/msw/gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.o: ../../src/univ/gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\corelib_listbox.o: ../../src/msw/listbox.cpp
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.o: ../../src/msw/slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.o: ../../src/univ/slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinbutt.o: ../../src/msw/spinbutt.cpp
endif
endif
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
+$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.o: ../../src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
+ifeq ($(WXUNIV),1)
+$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.o: ../../src/univ/toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $(CPPDEPS) $<
+endif
+endif
+
ifeq ($(USE_GUI),1)
ifeq ($(WXUNIV),0)
$(OBJS)\corelib_textctrl.o: ../../src/msw/textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_dragimag.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_filedlg.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_frame.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_gauge95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_iniconf.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_listbox.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_listctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_radiobox.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_radiobut.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_scrolbar.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_slider95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinbutt.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_statbmp.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_statbox.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_statbr95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_statusbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_statline.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_stattext.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_tabctrl.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monodll_tbar95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_textctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_textentry.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_tglbtn.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_dragimag.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_filedlg.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_frame.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_gauge95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_iniconf.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_listbox.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_listctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_radiobox.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_radiobut.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_scrolbar.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_slider95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinbutt.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_statbmp.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_statbox.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_statbr95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_statusbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_statline.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_stattext.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_tabctrl.obj \
- $(OBJS)\monolib_tbar95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_textctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_textentry.obj \
$(OBJS)\monolib_tglbtn.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_dragimag.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_filedlg.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_frame.obj \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_gauge95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_iniconf.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_listbox.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_listctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_radiobox.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_radiobut.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_scrolbar.obj \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_slider95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinbutt.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_statbmp.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_statbox.obj \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_statbr95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_statusbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_statline.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_stattext.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_tabctrl.obj \
- $(OBJS)\coredll_tbar95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_textctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_textentry.obj \
$(OBJS)\coredll_tglbtn.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_dragimag.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_filedlg.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_frame.obj \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_gauge95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_iniconf.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_listbox.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_listctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_radiobox.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_radiobut.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_scrolbar.obj \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_slider95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinbutt.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_statbmp.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_statbox.obj \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_statbr95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_statusbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_statline.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_stattext.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_tabctrl.obj \
- $(OBJS)\corelib_tbar95.obj \
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_textctrl.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_textentry.obj \
$(OBJS)\corelib_tglbtn.obj \
$(OBJS)\monodll_frame.obj: ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_iniconf.obj: ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_ownerdrw.obj: ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_slider95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_statbr95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\monodll_statusbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_tabctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_tbar95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_textentry.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_framuniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_inpcons.obj: ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_scrthumb.obj: ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_stdrend.obj: ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_theme.obj: ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_topluniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\dialog.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monodll_listbox.obj: ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrolbar.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinbutt.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stattext.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monodll_textctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_frame.obj: ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_iniconf.obj: ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_ownerdrw.obj: ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_slider95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_statbr95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\monolib_statusbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_tabctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_tbar95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_textentry.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_framuniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_inpcons.obj: ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_scrthumb.obj: ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_stdrend.obj: ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_theme.obj: ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
-$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_topluniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\dialog.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monolib_listbox.obj: ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrolbar.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinbutt.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stattext.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\monolib_textctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_frame.obj: ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_iniconf.obj: ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_ownerdrw.obj: ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_slider95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_statbr95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\coredll_statusbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_tabctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_tbar95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_textentry.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_framuniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_inpcons.obj: ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_scrthumb.obj: ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_stdrend.obj: ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_theme.obj: ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
-$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_topluniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\dialog.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\coredll_listbox.obj: ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrolbar.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinbutt.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stattext.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\coredll_textctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_frame.obj: ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_iniconf.obj: ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_ownerdrw.obj: ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_slider95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_statbr95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\corelib_statusbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_tabctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_tbar95.obj: ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_textentry.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_framuniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_inpcons.obj: ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_scrthumb.obj: ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_stdrend.obj: ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_theme.obj: ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
-$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_topluniv.obj: ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\dialog.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj: ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\corelib_listbox.obj: ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\scrolbar.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj: ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinbutt.obj: ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\stattext.cpp
!endif
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
+!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "1"
+$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj: ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+!endif
+
!if "$(USE_GUI)" == "1" && "$(WXUNIV)" == "0"
$(OBJS)\corelib_textctrl.obj: ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(CXX) /c /nologo /TP /Fo$@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\monodll_dragimag.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_filedlg.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_frame.obj &
- $(OBJS)\monodll_gauge95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_iniconf.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_listbox.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_listctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_radiobox.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_radiobut.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_scrolbar.obj &
- $(OBJS)\monodll_slider95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinbutt.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_statbmp.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_statbox.obj &
- $(OBJS)\monodll_statbr95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_statusbar.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_statline.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_stattext.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_tabctrl.obj &
- $(OBJS)\monodll_tbar95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_textctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_textentry.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_tglbtn.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_dragimag.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_filedlg.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_frame.obj &
- $(OBJS)\monolib_gauge95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_iniconf.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_listbox.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_listctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_radiobox.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_radiobut.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_scrolbar.obj &
- $(OBJS)\monolib_slider95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinbutt.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_statbmp.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_statbox.obj &
- $(OBJS)\monolib_statbr95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_statusbar.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_statline.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_stattext.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_tabctrl.obj &
- $(OBJS)\monolib_tbar95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_textctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_textentry.obj &
$(OBJS)\monolib_tglbtn.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_dragimag.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_filedlg.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_frame.obj &
- $(OBJS)\coredll_gauge95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_iniconf.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_listbox.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_listctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_radiobox.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_radiobut.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_scrolbar.obj &
- $(OBJS)\coredll_slider95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinbutt.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_statbmp.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_statbox.obj &
- $(OBJS)\coredll_statbr95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_statusbar.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_statline.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_stattext.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_tabctrl.obj &
- $(OBJS)\coredll_tbar95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_textctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_textentry.obj &
$(OBJS)\coredll_tglbtn.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_dragimag.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_filedlg.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_frame.obj &
- $(OBJS)\corelib_gauge95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_iniconf.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_listbox.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_listctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_radiobox.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_radiobut.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_scrolbar.obj &
- $(OBJS)\corelib_slider95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinbutt.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_statbmp.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_statbox.obj &
- $(OBJS)\corelib_statbr95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_statusbar.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_statline.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_stattext.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_tabctrl.obj &
- $(OBJS)\corelib_tbar95.obj &
+ $(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_textctrl.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_textentry.obj &
$(OBJS)\corelib_tglbtn.obj &
$(OBJS)\monodll_frame.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_iniconf.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\monodll_ownerdrw.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_slider95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_statbr95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\monodll_statusbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\monodll_tabctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_tbar95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_textentry.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\monodll_framuniv.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_inpcons.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\monodll_scrthumb.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_stdrend.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\monodll_theme.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monodll_topluniv.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\monodll_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\monodll_listbox.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\monodll_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\monodll_spinbutt.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\monodll_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONODLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\monodll_textctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\monolib_frame.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_iniconf.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\monolib_ownerdrw.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_slider95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_statbr95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\monolib_statusbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\monolib_tabctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_tbar95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_textentry.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\monolib_framuniv.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_inpcons.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\monolib_scrthumb.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_stdrend.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\monolib_theme.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\monolib_topluniv.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\monolib_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\monolib_listbox.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\monolib_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\monolib_spinbutt.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\monolib_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(MONOLIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\monolib_textctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\coredll_frame.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_iniconf.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\coredll_ownerdrw.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_slider95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_statbr95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\coredll_statusbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\coredll_tabctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_tbar95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_textentry.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\coredll_framuniv.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_inpcons.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\coredll_scrthumb.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_stdrend.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\coredll_theme.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\coredll_topluniv.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\coredll_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\coredll_listbox.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\coredll_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\coredll_spinbutt.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\coredll_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(COREDLL_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\coredll_textctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
$(OBJS)\corelib_frame.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\frame.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_iniconf.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\iniconf.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\corelib_ownerdrw.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\ownerdrw.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_slider95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\spinctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_statbr95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp
+$(OBJS)\corelib_statusbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\corelib_tabctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\tabctrl.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_tbar95.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_textentry.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\corelib_framuniv.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\framuniv.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_inpcons.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\inpcons.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\corelib_scrthumb.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\scrthumb.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_stdrend.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\stdrend.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
$(OBJS)\corelib_theme.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\theme.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
- $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
-
$(OBJS)\corelib_topluniv.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\topluniv.cpp
$(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\corelib_gauge.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\gauge.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\corelib_listbox.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\listbox.cpp
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\corelib_slider.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\slider.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\corelib_spinbutt.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\spinbutt.cpp
!endif
!endif
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 0
+$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!ifeq USE_GUI 1
+!ifeq WXUNIV 1
+$(OBJS)\corelib_toolbar.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\univ\toolbar.cpp
+ $(CXX) -bt=nt -zq -fo=$^@ $(CORELIB_CXXFLAGS) $<
+!endif
+!endif
+
!ifeq USE_GUI 1
!ifeq WXUNIV 0
$(OBJS)\corelib_textctrl.obj : .AUTODEPEND ..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp\r
+SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp\r
\r
!IF "$(CFG)" == "core - Win32 DLL Universal Release"\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp\r
+SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp\r
\r
!IF "$(CFG)" == "core - Win32 DLL Universal Release"\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp\r
+SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\statline.cpp\r
\r
!IF "$(CFG)" == "core - Win32 DLL Universal Release"\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\statline.cpp\r
+SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\stattext.cpp\r
\r
!IF "$(CFG)" == "core - Win32 DLL Universal Release"\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\stattext.cpp\r
+SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp\r
\r
!IF "$(CFG)" == "core - Win32 DLL Universal Release"\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp\r
+SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp\r
\r
!IF "$(CFG)" == "core - Win32 DLL Universal Release"\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp\r
+SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp\r
\r
!IF "$(CFG)" == "core - Win32 DLL Universal Release"\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp\r
+SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\tglbtn.cpp\r
\r
!IF "$(CFG)" == "core - Win32 DLL Universal Release"\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\tglbtn.cpp\r
+SOURCE=..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp\r
\r
!IF "$(CFG)" == "core - Win32 DLL Universal Release"\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\gauge95.h\r
+SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\gauge.h\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\slider95.h\r
+SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\slider.h\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\statbr95.h\r
-# End Source File\r
-# Begin Source File\r
-\r
SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\statline.h\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\tabctrl.h\r
+SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\statusbar.h\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\taskbar.h\r
+SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\tabctrl.h\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
-SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\tbar95.h\r
+SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\taskbar.h\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
\r
+SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\toolbar.h\r
+# End Source File\r
+# Begin Source File\r
+\r
SOURCE=..\..\include\wx\msw\tooltip.h\r
# End Source File\r
# Begin Source File\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
</File>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\gauge95.cpp">\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\gauge.cpp">\r
<FileConfiguration\r
Name="DLL Universal Release|Win32"\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\settings.cpp"/>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\slider95.cpp">\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\slider.cpp">\r
<FileConfiguration\r
Name="DLL Universal Release|Win32"\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
</File>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\statbr95.cpp">\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\statline.cpp">\r
<FileConfiguration\r
Name="DLL Universal Release|Win32"\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
</File>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\statline.cpp">\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\stattext.cpp">\r
<FileConfiguration\r
Name="DLL Universal Release|Win32"\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
</File>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\stattext.cpp">\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\statusbar.cpp">\r
<FileConfiguration\r
Name="DLL Universal Release|Win32"\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
</File>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\tbar95.cpp">\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp">\r
<FileConfiguration\r
Name="DLL Universal Release|Win32"\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
</File>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\textctrl.cpp">\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp">\r
<FileConfiguration\r
Name="DLL Universal Release|Win32"\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
</File>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\textentry.cpp">\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\tglbtn.cpp">\r
<FileConfiguration\r
Name="DLL Universal Release|Win32"\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
</File>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\tglbtn.cpp">\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\src\msw\toolbar.cpp">\r
<FileConfiguration\r
Name="DLL Universal Release|Win32"\r
ExcludedFromBuild="true"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\frame.h"/>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\gauge95.h"/>\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\gauge.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\gdiimage.h"/>\r
<File\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\setup0.h"/>\r
<File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\slider95.h"/>\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\slider.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\sound.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\statbmp.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\statbox.h"/>\r
- <File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\statbr95.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\statline.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\stattext.h"/>\r
+ <File\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\statusbar.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\tabctrl.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\taskbar.h"/>\r
- <File\r
- RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\tbar95.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\textctrl.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\textentry.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\tglbtn.h"/>\r
+ <File\r
+ RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\toolbar.h"/>\r
<File\r
RelativePath="..\..\include\wx\msw\tooltip.h"/>\r
<File\r
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/univ/gauge.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/gauge95.h"
- #define wxGauge wxGauge95
+ #include "wx/msw/gauge.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/gauge.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/msw/gauge.h
+// Purpose: wxGauge implementation for MSW
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 01/02/97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MSW_GAUGE_H_
+#define _WX_MSW_GAUGE_H_
+
+#if wxUSE_GAUGE
+
+extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxGaugeNameStr[];
+
+// Group box
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGauge : public wxGaugeBase
+{
+public:
+ wxGauge() { }
+
+ wxGauge(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ int range,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr)
+ {
+ (void)Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ int range,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
+
+ // set gauge range/value
+ virtual void SetRange(int range);
+ virtual void SetValue(int pos);
+
+ // overriden base class virtuals
+ virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col);
+ virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
+
+
+ void SetIndeterminateMode();
+ void SetDeterminateMode();
+ void Pulse();
+
+ WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
+
+ // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border
+ virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; }
+
+protected:
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGauge)
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
+
+#endif // _WX_MSW_GAUGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: gauge95.h
-// Purpose: wxGauge95 class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// RCS-ID: $Id$
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _GAUGE95_H_
-#define _GAUGE95_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxGaugeNameStr[];
-
-// Group box
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGauge95 : public wxGaugeBase
-{
-public:
- wxGauge95() { }
-
- wxGauge95(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int range,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int range,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
-
- // set gauge range/value
- virtual void SetRange(int range);
- virtual void SetValue(int pos);
-
- // overriden base class virtuals
- virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col);
- virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
-
-
- void SetIndeterminateMode();
- void SetDeterminateMode();
- void Pulse();
-
- WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
- // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border
- virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGauge95)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-#endif
- // _GAUGEMSW_H_
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/msw/slider.h
+// Purpose: wxSlider class implementation using trackbar control
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 01/02/97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_
+#define _WX_SLIDER_H_
+
+class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSubwindows;
+
+// Slider
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSlider : public wxSliderBase
+{
+public:
+ wxSlider() { Init(); }
+
+ wxSlider(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ int value,
+ int minValue,
+ int maxValue,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr)
+ {
+ Init();
+
+ (void)Create(parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue,
+ pos, size, style, validator, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ int value,
+ int minValue, int maxValue,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+ const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
+
+ virtual ~wxSlider();
+
+ // slider methods
+ virtual int GetValue() const;
+ virtual void SetValue(int);
+
+ void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
+
+ int GetMin() const { return m_rangeMin; }
+ int GetMax() const { return m_rangeMax; }
+
+ // Win32-specific slider methods
+ void SetTickFreq(int n, int pos);
+ int GetTickFreq() const { return m_tickFreq; }
+ void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
+ int GetPageSize() const;
+ void ClearSel();
+ void ClearTicks();
+ void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
+ int GetLineSize() const;
+ int GetSelEnd() const;
+ int GetSelStart() const;
+ void SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos);
+ void SetThumbLength(int len);
+ int GetThumbLength() const;
+ void SetTick(int tickPos);
+
+ // implementation only from now on
+ WXHWND GetStaticMin() const;
+ WXHWND GetStaticMax() const;
+ WXHWND GetEditValue() const;
+ virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND hWnd) const;
+
+ // we should let background show through the slider (and its labels)
+ virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
+
+ // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border
+ virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; }
+
+ void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
+ virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
+ WXWORD pos, WXHWND control);
+
+ virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
+ virtual bool Enable(bool show = true);
+ virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
+
+ virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const;
+
+protected:
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+ // format an integer value as string
+ static wxString Format(int n) { return wxString::Format(_T("%d"), n); }
+
+ // get the boundig box for the slider and possible labels
+ wxRect GetBoundingBox() const;
+
+ // get the height and, if the pointer is not NULL, width of our labels
+ int GetLabelsSize(int *width = NULL) const;
+
+
+ // overridden base class virtuals
+ virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
+ virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
+ virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+ // the labels windows, if any
+ wxSubwindows *m_labels;
+
+ int m_rangeMin;
+ int m_rangeMax;
+ int m_pageSize;
+ int m_lineSize;
+ int m_tickFreq;
+
+ // flag needed to detect whether we're getting THUMBRELEASE event because
+ // of dragging the thumb or scrolling the mouse wheel
+ bool m_isDragging;
+
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSlider)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_SLIDER_H_
+
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/msw/slider95.h
-// Purpose: wxSlider class, using the Win95 (and later) trackbar control
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// RCS-ID: $Id$
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SLIDER95_H_
-#define _WX_SLIDER95_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSubwindows;
-
-// Slider
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSlider : public wxSliderBase
-{
-public:
- wxSlider() { Init(); }
-
- wxSlider(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int value,
- int minValue,
- int maxValue,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue,
- pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int value,
- int minValue, int maxValue,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxSlider();
-
- // slider methods
- virtual int GetValue() const;
- virtual void SetValue(int);
-
- void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
-
- int GetMin() const { return m_rangeMin; }
- int GetMax() const { return m_rangeMax; }
-
- // Win32-specific slider methods
- void SetTickFreq(int n, int pos);
- int GetTickFreq() const { return m_tickFreq; }
- void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
- int GetPageSize() const;
- void ClearSel();
- void ClearTicks();
- void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
- int GetLineSize() const;
- int GetSelEnd() const;
- int GetSelStart() const;
- void SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos);
- void SetThumbLength(int len);
- int GetThumbLength() const;
- void SetTick(int tickPos);
-
- // implementation only from now on
- WXHWND GetStaticMin() const;
- WXHWND GetStaticMax() const;
- WXHWND GetEditValue() const;
- virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND hWnd) const;
-
- // we should let background show through the slider (and its labels)
- virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
- // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border
- virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; }
-
- void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
- virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
- WXWORD pos, WXHWND control);
-
- virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
- virtual bool Enable(bool show = true);
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const;
-
-protected:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // format an integer value as string
- static wxString Format(int n) { return wxString::Format(_T("%d"), n); }
-
- // get the boundig box for the slider and possible labels
- wxRect GetBoundingBox() const;
-
- // get the height and, if the pointer is not NULL, width of our labels
- int GetLabelsSize(int *width = NULL) const;
-
-
- // overridden base class virtuals
- virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
- virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- // the labels windows, if any
- wxSubwindows *m_labels;
-
- int m_rangeMin;
- int m_rangeMax;
- int m_pageSize;
- int m_lineSize;
- int m_tickFreq;
-
- // flag needed to detect whether we're getting THUMBRELEASE event because
- // of dragging the thumb or scrolling the mouse wheel
- bool m_isDragging;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSlider)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_SLIDER95_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: msw/statbr95.h
-// Purpose: native implementation of wxStatusBar
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04.04.98
-// RCS-ID: $Id$
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _STATBR95_H
-#define _STATBR95_H
-
-#if wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBar95 : public wxStatusBarBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors and such
- wxStatusBar95();
- wxStatusBar95(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
- const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, id, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
- const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxStatusBar95();
-
- // a status line can have several (<256) fields numbered from 0
- virtual void SetFieldsCount(int number = 1, const int *widths = NULL);
-
- // each field of status line has it's own text
- virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0);
- virtual wxString GetStatusText(int number = 0) const;
-
- // set status line fields' widths
- virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]);
-
- // set status line fields' styles
- virtual void SetStatusStyles(int n, const int styles[]);
-
- // sets the minimal vertical size of the status bar
- virtual void SetMinHeight(int height);
-
- // get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle
- virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const;
-
- // get the border size
- virtual int GetBorderX() const;
- virtual int GetBorderY() const;
-
- virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg,
- WXWPARAM wParam,
- WXLPARAM lParam);
-protected:
- void CopyFieldsWidth(const int widths[]);
- void SetFieldsWidth();
-
- // override some base class virtuals
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStatusBar95)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-
-#endif
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/msw/statbr.h
+// Purpose: native implementation of wxStatusBar
+// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04.04.98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MSW_STATUSBAR_H_
+#define _WX_MSW_STATUSBAR_H_
+
+#if wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBar : public wxStatusBarBase
+{
+public:
+ // ctors and such
+ wxStatusBar();
+ wxStatusBar(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
+ long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
+ const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr)
+ {
+ (void)Create(parent, id, style, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
+ long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
+ const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr);
+
+ virtual ~wxStatusBar();
+
+ // a status line can have several (<256) fields numbered from 0
+ virtual void SetFieldsCount(int number = 1, const int *widths = NULL);
+
+ // each field of status line has it's own text
+ virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0);
+ virtual wxString GetStatusText(int number = 0) const;
+
+ // set status line fields' widths
+ virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]);
+
+ // set status line fields' styles
+ virtual void SetStatusStyles(int n, const int styles[]);
+
+ // sets the minimal vertical size of the status bar
+ virtual void SetMinHeight(int height);
+
+ // get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle
+ virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const;
+
+ // get the border size
+ virtual int GetBorderX() const;
+ virtual int GetBorderY() const;
+
+ virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg,
+ WXWPARAM wParam,
+ WXLPARAM lParam);
+protected:
+ void CopyFieldsWidth(const int widths[]);
+ void SetFieldsWidth();
+
+ // override some base class virtuals
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+ virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStatusBar)
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
+
+#endif // _WX_MSW_STATUSBAR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/msw/tbar95.h
-// Purpose: wxToolBar (Windows 95 toolbar) class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// RCS-ID: $Id$
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/imaglist.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar : public wxToolBarBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors and dtor
- wxToolBar() { Init(); }
-
- wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxToolBar();
-
- // override/implement base class virtuals
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
- virtual bool Realize();
-
- virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size);
- virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const;
-
- virtual void SetRows(int nRows);
-
- virtual void SetToolNormalBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
- virtual void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style);
-
- virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
- virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-
- void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
-
- void SetFocus() {}
-
- static WXHBITMAP MapBitmap(WXHBITMAP bitmap, int width, int height);
-
- // override WndProc mainly to process WM_SIZE
- virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
- virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
- // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border
- virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // create the native toolbar control
- bool MSWCreateToolbar(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size);
-
- // recreate the control completely
- void Recreate();
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
- virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
- virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
- virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
- virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
- wxItemKind kind,
- wxObject *clientData,
- const wxString& shortHelp,
- const wxString& longHelp);
-
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control,
- const wxString& label);
-
- // return the appropriate size and flags for the toolbar control
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- // handlers for various events
- bool HandleSize(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
- bool HandlePaint(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
- void HandleMouseMove(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
- // should be called whenever the toolbar size changes
- void UpdateSize();
-
- // create m_disabledImgList (but doesn't fill it), set it to NULL if it is
- // unneeded
- void CreateDisabledImageList();
-
- // get the Windows toolbar style of this control
- long GetMSWToolbarStyle() const;
-
-
- // the big bitmap containing all bitmaps of the toolbar buttons
- WXHBITMAP m_hBitmap;
-
- // the image list with disabled images, may be NULL if we use
- // system-provided versions of them
- wxImageList *m_disabledImgList;
-
- // the total number of toolbar elements
- size_t m_nButtons;
-
- // the tool the cursor is in
- wxToolBarToolBase *m_pInTool;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
- DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBar)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_
-
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wx/msw/tbar95.h
+// Purpose: wxToolBar (Windows 95 toolbar) class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 01/02/97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_
+#define _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+#include "wx/imaglist.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar : public wxToolBarBase
+{
+public:
+ // ctors and dtor
+ wxToolBar() { Init(); }
+
+ wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
+ {
+ Init();
+
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
+ }
+
+ bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+ const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+ long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
+ const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
+
+ virtual ~wxToolBar();
+
+ // override/implement base class virtuals
+ virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
+
+ virtual bool Realize();
+
+ virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size);
+ virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const;
+
+ virtual void SetRows(int nRows);
+
+ virtual void SetToolNormalBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+ virtual void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
+
+ // implementation only from now on
+ // -------------------------------
+
+ virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style);
+
+ virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
+ virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
+
+ void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
+ void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
+ void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
+
+ void SetFocus() {}
+
+ static WXHBITMAP MapBitmap(WXHBITMAP bitmap, int width, int height);
+
+ // override WndProc mainly to process WM_SIZE
+ virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+
+ virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
+
+ // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border
+ virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; }
+
+protected:
+ // common part of all ctors
+ void Init();
+
+ // create the native toolbar control
+ bool MSWCreateToolbar(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size);
+
+ // recreate the control completely
+ void Recreate();
+
+ // implement base class pure virtuals
+ virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
+ virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
+
+ virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
+ virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
+ virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
+
+ virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
+ const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
+ wxItemKind kind,
+ wxObject *clientData,
+ const wxString& shortHelp,
+ const wxString& longHelp);
+
+ virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control,
+ const wxString& label);
+
+ // return the appropriate size and flags for the toolbar control
+ virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+ // handlers for various events
+ bool HandleSize(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+ bool HandlePaint(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+ void HandleMouseMove(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
+
+ // should be called whenever the toolbar size changes
+ void UpdateSize();
+
+ // create m_disabledImgList (but doesn't fill it), set it to NULL if it is
+ // unneeded
+ void CreateDisabledImageList();
+
+ // get the Windows toolbar style of this control
+ long GetMSWToolbarStyle() const;
+
+
+ // the big bitmap containing all bitmaps of the toolbar buttons
+ WXHBITMAP m_hBitmap;
+
+ // the image list with disabled images, may be NULL if we use
+ // system-provided versions of them
+ wxImageList *m_disabledImgList;
+
+ // the total number of toolbar elements
+ size_t m_nButtons;
+
+ // the tool the cursor is in
+ wxToolBarToolBase *m_pInTool;
+
+private:
+ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBar)
+};
+
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
+
+#endif // _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_
+
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/univ/slider.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/slider95.h"
+ #include "wx/msw/slider.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/slider.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/palmos/statusbr.h"
#elif defined(__WIN32__) && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
- #define wxStatusBar95 wxStatusBar
-
- #include "wx/msw/statbr95.h"
+ #include "wx/msw/statusbar.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#define wxStatusBarMac wxStatusBar
#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
#include "wx/palmos/toolbar.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && (!defined(_WIN32_WCE) || (_WIN32_WCE >= 400 && !defined(__POCKETPC__) && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__)))
- #include "wx/msw/tbar95.h"
+ #include "wx/msw/toolbar.h"
#elif defined(__WXWINCE__)
#include "wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: src/msw/gauge95.cpp
+// Purpose: wxGauge class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 01/02/97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// ============================================================================
+// declarations
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+ #pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_GAUGE
+
+#include "wx/gauge.h"
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+ #include "wx/app.h"
+
+ #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/msw/private.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// old commctrl.h (< 4.71) don't have those
+#ifndef PBS_SMOOTH
+ #define PBS_SMOOTH 0x01
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PBS_VERTICAL
+ #define PBS_VERTICAL 0x04
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PBM_SETBARCOLOR
+ #define PBM_SETBARCOLOR (WM_USER+9)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PBM_SETBKCOLOR
+ #define PBM_SETBKCOLOR 0x2001
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PBS_MARQUEE
+ #define PBS_MARQUEE 0x08
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PBM_SETMARQUEE
+ #define PBM_SETMARQUEE (WM_USER+10)
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWin macros
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
+WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGaugeStyle )
+
+wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGaugeStyle )
+ // new style border flags, we put them first to
+ // use them for streaming out
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
+
+ // old style border flags
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
+
+ // standard window styles
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
+
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_HORIZONTAL)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_VERTICAL)
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_PROGRESSBAR)
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_SMOOTH)
+
+wxEND_FLAGS( wxGaugeStyle )
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGauge, wxControl,"wx/gauge.h")
+
+wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGauge)
+ wxPROPERTY( Value , int , SetValue, GetValue, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+ wxPROPERTY( Range , int , SetRange, GetRange, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+ wxPROPERTY( ShadowWidth , int , SetShadowWidth, GetShadowWidth, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+ wxPROPERTY( BezelFace , int , SetBezelFace, GetBezelFace, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+ wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGaugeStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
+wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
+
+wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGauge)
+wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
+
+wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxGauge , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , int , Range , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
+#else
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+// ============================================================================
+// wxGauge implementation
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGauge creation
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxGauge::Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ int range,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ if ( !CreateControl(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name) )
+ return false;
+
+ if ( !MSWCreateControl(PROGRESS_CLASS, wxEmptyString, pos, size) )
+ return false;
+
+ SetRange(range);
+
+ // in case we need to emulate indeterminate mode...
+ m_nDirection = wxRIGHT;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+WXDWORD wxGauge::MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
+{
+ WXDWORD msStyle = wxControl::MSWGetStyle(style, exstyle);
+
+ if ( style & wxGA_VERTICAL )
+ msStyle |= PBS_VERTICAL;
+
+ if ( style & wxGA_SMOOTH )
+ msStyle |= PBS_SMOOTH;
+
+ return msStyle;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGauge geometry
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+wxSize wxGauge::DoGetBestSize() const
+{
+ // VZ: no idea where does 28 come from, it was there before my changes and
+ // as nobody ever complained I guess we can leave it...
+ if (HasFlag(wxGA_VERTICAL))
+ return wxSize(28, 100);
+ else
+ return wxSize(100, 28);
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxGauge setters
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxGauge::SetRange(int r)
+{
+ // switch to determinate mode if required
+ SetDeterminateMode();
+
+ m_rangeMax = r;
+
+#ifdef PBM_SETRANGE32
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), PBM_SETRANGE32, 0, r);
+#else // !PBM_SETRANGE32
+ // fall back to PBM_SETRANGE (limited to 16 bits)
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), PBM_SETRANGE, 0, MAKELPARAM(0, r));
+#endif // PBM_SETRANGE32/!PBM_SETRANGE32
+}
+
+void wxGauge::SetValue(int pos)
+{
+ // switch to determinate mode if required
+ SetDeterminateMode();
+
+ m_gaugePos = pos;
+
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), PBM_SETPOS, pos, 0);
+}
+
+bool wxGauge::SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col)
+{
+ if ( !wxControl::SetForegroundColour(col) )
+ return false;
+
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), PBM_SETBARCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)wxColourToRGB(col));
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool wxGauge::SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col)
+{
+ if ( !wxControl::SetBackgroundColour(col) )
+ return false;
+
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), PBM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)wxColourToRGB(col));
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void wxGauge::SetIndeterminateMode()
+{
+ // add the PBS_MARQUEE style to the progress bar
+ LONG style = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE);
+ if ((style & PBS_MARQUEE) == 0)
+ ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, style|PBS_MARQUEE);
+
+ // now the control can only run in indeterminate mode
+}
+
+void wxGauge::SetDeterminateMode()
+{
+ // remove the PBS_MARQUEE style to the progress bar
+ LONG style = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE);
+ if ((style & PBS_MARQUEE) != 0)
+ ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, style & ~PBS_MARQUEE);
+
+ // now the control can only run in determinate mode
+}
+
+void wxGauge::Pulse()
+{
+ if (wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 600)
+ {
+ // switch to indeterminate mode if required
+ SetIndeterminateMode();
+
+ // NOTE: when in indeterminate mode, the PBM_SETPOS message will just make
+ // the bar's blocks move a bit and the WPARAM value is just ignored
+ // so that we can safely use zero
+ SendMessage(GetHwnd(), (UINT) PBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // emulate indeterminate mode
+ wxGaugeBase::Pulse();
+ }
+}
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: src/msw/gauge95.cpp
-// Purpose: wxGauge95 class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// RCS-ID: $Id$
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// ============================================================================
-// declarations
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
- #pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-#include "wx/gauge.h"
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
- #include "wx/app.h"
-
- #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/msw/private.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// old commctrl.h (< 4.71) don't have those
-#ifndef PBS_SMOOTH
- #define PBS_SMOOTH 0x01
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PBS_VERTICAL
- #define PBS_VERTICAL 0x04
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PBM_SETBARCOLOR
- #define PBM_SETBARCOLOR (WM_USER+9)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PBM_SETBKCOLOR
- #define PBM_SETBKCOLOR 0x2001
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PBS_MARQUEE
- #define PBS_MARQUEE 0x08
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PBM_SETMARQUEE
- #define PBM_SETMARQUEE (WM_USER+10)
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWin macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGaugeStyle )
-
-wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGaugeStyle )
- // new style border flags, we put them first to
- // use them for streaming out
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
-
- // old style border flags
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
-
- // standard window styles
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
-
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_HORIZONTAL)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_VERTICAL)
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_PROGRESSBAR)
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_SMOOTH)
-
-wxEND_FLAGS( wxGaugeStyle )
-
-IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGauge, wxControl,"wx/gauge.h")
-
-wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGauge95)
- wxPROPERTY( Value , int , SetValue, GetValue, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
- wxPROPERTY( Range , int , SetRange, GetRange, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
- wxPROPERTY( ShadowWidth , int , SetShadowWidth, GetShadowWidth, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
- wxPROPERTY( BezelFace , int , SetBezelFace, GetBezelFace, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
- wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGaugeStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
-wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
-
-wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGauge95)
-wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
-
-wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxGauge95 , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , int , Range , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
-#else
-IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge95, wxControl)
-#endif
-
-// ============================================================================
-// wxGauge95 implementation
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGauge95 creation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool wxGauge95::Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int range,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- long style,
- const wxValidator& validator,
- const wxString& name)
-{
- if ( !CreateControl(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name) )
- return false;
-
- if ( !MSWCreateControl(PROGRESS_CLASS, wxEmptyString, pos, size) )
- return false;
-
- SetRange(range);
-
- // in case we need to emulate indeterminate mode...
- m_nDirection = wxRIGHT;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-WXDWORD wxGauge95::MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
-{
- WXDWORD msStyle = wxControl::MSWGetStyle(style, exstyle);
-
- if ( style & wxGA_VERTICAL )
- msStyle |= PBS_VERTICAL;
-
- if ( style & wxGA_SMOOTH )
- msStyle |= PBS_SMOOTH;
-
- return msStyle;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGauge95 geometry
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxSize wxGauge95::DoGetBestSize() const
-{
- // VZ: no idea where does 28 come from, it was there before my changes and
- // as nobody ever complained I guess we can leave it...
- if (HasFlag(wxGA_VERTICAL))
- return wxSize(28, 100);
- else
- return wxSize(100, 28);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGauge95 setters
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void wxGauge95::SetRange(int r)
-{
- // switch to determinate mode if required
- SetDeterminateMode();
-
- m_rangeMax = r;
-
-#ifdef PBM_SETRANGE32
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), PBM_SETRANGE32, 0, r);
-#else // !PBM_SETRANGE32
- // fall back to PBM_SETRANGE (limited to 16 bits)
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), PBM_SETRANGE, 0, MAKELPARAM(0, r));
-#endif // PBM_SETRANGE32/!PBM_SETRANGE32
-}
-
-void wxGauge95::SetValue(int pos)
-{
- // switch to determinate mode if required
- SetDeterminateMode();
-
- m_gaugePos = pos;
-
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), PBM_SETPOS, pos, 0);
-}
-
-bool wxGauge95::SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col)
-{
- if ( !wxControl::SetForegroundColour(col) )
- return false;
-
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), PBM_SETBARCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)wxColourToRGB(col));
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool wxGauge95::SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col)
-{
- if ( !wxControl::SetBackgroundColour(col) )
- return false;
-
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), PBM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)wxColourToRGB(col));
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void wxGauge95::SetIndeterminateMode()
-{
- // add the PBS_MARQUEE style to the progress bar
- LONG style = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE);
- if ((style & PBS_MARQUEE) == 0)
- ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, style|PBS_MARQUEE);
-
- // now the control can only run in indeterminate mode
-}
-
-void wxGauge95::SetDeterminateMode()
-{
- // remove the PBS_MARQUEE style to the progress bar
- LONG style = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE);
- if ((style & PBS_MARQUEE) != 0)
- ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, style & ~PBS_MARQUEE);
-
- // now the control can only run in determinate mode
-}
-
-void wxGauge95::Pulse()
-{
- if (wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 600)
- {
- // switch to indeterminate mode if required
- SetIndeterminateMode();
-
- // NOTE: when in indeterminate mode, the PBM_SETPOS message will just make
- // the bar's blocks move a bit and the WPARAM value is just ignored
- // so that we can safely use zero
- SendMessage(GetHwnd(), (UINT) PBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0);
- }
- else
- {
- // emulate indeterminate mode
- wxGaugeBase::Pulse();
- }
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
#include "wx/stockitem.h"
#include "wx/msw/private.h"
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
- #include "wx/msw/statbr95.h"
-#endif
-
#include <string.h>
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: src/msw/slider.cpp
+// Purpose: wxSlider, using the Win95 (and later) trackbar control
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04/01/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart 1998
+// Vadim Zeitlin 2004
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// ============================================================================
+// declarations
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+ #pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_SLIDER
+
+#include "wx/slider.h"
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+ #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
+ #include "wx/brush.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/msw/subwin.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// indices of labels in wxSlider::m_labels
+enum
+{
+ SliderLabel_Min,
+ SliderLabel_Max,
+ SliderLabel_Value,
+ SliderLabel_Last
+};
+
+// the gap between the slider and the labels, in pixels
+static const int HGAP = 5;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// XTI
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
+WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxSliderStyle )
+
+wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxSliderStyle )
+ // new style border flags, we put them first to
+ // use them for streaming out
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
+
+ // old style border flags
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
+
+ // standard window styles
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
+
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_HORIZONTAL)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_VERTICAL)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_AUTOTICKS)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_LABELS)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_LEFT)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_TOP)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_RIGHT)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_BOTTOM)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_BOTH)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_SELRANGE)
+ wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_INVERSE)
+
+wxEND_FLAGS( wxSliderStyle )
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxSlider, wxControl,"wx/slider.h")
+
+wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxSlider)
+ wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( Scroll , wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP , wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED , wxScrollEvent )
+ wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Updated , wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED , wxCommandEvent )
+
+ wxPROPERTY( Value , int , SetValue, GetValue , 0, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+ wxPROPERTY( Minimum , int , SetMin, GetMin, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+ wxPROPERTY( Maximum , int , SetMax, GetMax, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+ wxPROPERTY( PageSize , int , SetPageSize, GetLineSize, 1 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+ wxPROPERTY( LineSize , int , SetLineSize, GetLineSize, 1 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+ wxPROPERTY( ThumbLength , int , SetThumbLength, GetThumbLength, 1 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+ wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxSliderStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
+wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
+
+wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxSlider)
+wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
+
+wxCONSTRUCTOR_8( wxSlider , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , int , Value , int , Minimum , int , Maximum , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
+#else
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+// ============================================================================
+// wxSlider implementation
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// construction
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxSlider::Init()
+{
+ m_labels = NULL;
+
+ m_pageSize = 1;
+ m_lineSize = 1;
+ m_rangeMax = 0;
+ m_rangeMin = 0;
+ m_tickFreq = 0;
+
+ m_isDragging = false;
+}
+
+bool
+wxSlider::Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ int value,
+ int minValue,
+ int maxValue,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ // our styles are redundant: wxSL_LEFT/RIGHT imply wxSL_VERTICAL and
+ // wxSL_TOP/BOTTOM imply wxSL_HORIZONTAL, but for backwards compatibility
+ // reasons we can't really change it, instead try to infer the orientation
+ // from the flags given to us here
+ switch ( style & (wxSL_LEFT | wxSL_RIGHT | wxSL_TOP | wxSL_BOTTOM) )
+ {
+ case wxSL_LEFT:
+ case wxSL_RIGHT:
+ style |= wxSL_VERTICAL;
+ break;
+
+ case wxSL_TOP:
+ case wxSL_BOTTOM:
+ style |= wxSL_HORIZONTAL;
+ break;
+
+ case 0:
+ // no specific direction, do we have at least the orientation?
+ if ( !(style & (wxSL_HORIZONTAL | wxSL_VERTICAL)) )
+ {
+ // no, choose default
+ style |= wxSL_BOTTOM | wxSL_HORIZONTAL;
+ }
+ };
+
+ wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxSL_VERTICAL) || !(style & wxSL_HORIZONTAL),
+ _T("incompatible slider direction and orientation") );
+
+
+ // initialize everything
+ if ( !CreateControl(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name) )
+ return false;
+
+ // ensure that we have correct values for GetLabelsSize()
+ m_rangeMin = minValue;
+ m_rangeMax = maxValue;
+
+ // create the labels first, so that our DoGetBestSize() could take them
+ // into account
+ //
+ // note that we could simply create 3 wxStaticTexts here but it could
+ // result in some observable side effects at wx level (e.g. the parent of
+ // wxSlider would have 3 more children than expected) and so we prefer not
+ // to do it like this
+ if ( m_windowStyle & wxSL_LABELS )
+ {
+ m_labels = new wxSubwindows(SliderLabel_Last);
+
+ HWND hwndParent = GetHwndOf(parent);
+ for ( size_t n = 0; n < SliderLabel_Last; n++ )
+ {
+ wxWindowIDRef lblid = NewControlId();
+
+ HWND wnd = ::CreateWindow
+ (
+ wxT("STATIC"),
+ NULL,
+ WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | SS_CENTER,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ hwndParent,
+ (HMENU)wxUIntToPtr(lblid.GetValue()),
+ wxGetInstance(),
+ NULL
+ );
+
+ m_labels->Set(n, wnd, lblid);
+ }
+
+ m_labels->SetFont(GetFont());
+ }
+
+ // now create the main control too
+ if ( !MSWCreateControl(TRACKBAR_CLASS, wxEmptyString, pos, size) )
+ return false;
+
+ // and initialize everything
+ SetRange(minValue, maxValue);
+ SetValue(value);
+ SetPageSize((maxValue - minValue)/10);
+
+ // we need to position the labels correctly if we have them and if
+ // SetSize() hadn't been called before (when best size was determined by
+ // MSWCreateControl()) as in this case they haven't been put in place yet
+ if ( m_labels && size.x != wxDefaultCoord && size.y != wxDefaultCoord )
+ {
+ SetSize(size);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+WXDWORD wxSlider::MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
+{
+ WXDWORD msStyle = wxControl::MSWGetStyle(style, exstyle);
+
+ // TBS_HORZ, TBS_RIGHT and TBS_BOTTOM are 0 but do include them for clarity
+ msStyle |= style & wxSL_VERTICAL ? TBS_VERT : TBS_HORZ;
+
+ if ( style & wxSL_BOTH )
+ {
+ // this fully specifies the style combined with TBS_VERT/HORZ above
+ msStyle |= TBS_BOTH;
+ }
+ else // choose one direction
+ {
+ if ( style & wxSL_LEFT )
+ msStyle |= TBS_LEFT;
+ else if ( style & wxSL_RIGHT )
+ msStyle |= TBS_RIGHT;
+ else if ( style & wxSL_TOP )
+ msStyle |= TBS_TOP;
+ else if ( style & wxSL_BOTTOM )
+ msStyle |= TBS_BOTTOM;
+ }
+
+ if ( style & wxSL_AUTOTICKS )
+ msStyle |= TBS_AUTOTICKS;
+ else
+ msStyle |= TBS_NOTICKS;
+
+ if ( style & wxSL_SELRANGE )
+ msStyle |= TBS_ENABLESELRANGE;
+
+ return msStyle;
+}
+
+wxSlider::~wxSlider()
+{
+ delete m_labels;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// event handling
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxSlider::MSWOnScroll(int WXUNUSED(orientation),
+ WXWORD wParam,
+ WXWORD WXUNUSED(pos),
+ WXHWND control)
+{
+ wxEventType scrollEvent;
+ switch ( wParam )
+ {
+ case SB_TOP:
+ scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP;
+ break;
+
+ case SB_BOTTOM:
+ scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM;
+ break;
+
+ case SB_LINEUP:
+ scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP;
+ break;
+
+ case SB_LINEDOWN:
+ scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN;
+ break;
+
+ case SB_PAGEUP:
+ scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP;
+ break;
+
+ case SB_PAGEDOWN:
+ scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN;
+ break;
+
+ case SB_THUMBTRACK:
+ scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK;
+ m_isDragging = true;
+ break;
+
+ case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
+ if ( m_isDragging )
+ {
+ scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE;
+ m_isDragging = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // this seems to only happen when the mouse wheel is used: in
+ // this case, as it might be unexpected to get THUMBRELEASE
+ // without preceding THUMBTRACKs, we don't generate it at all
+ // but generate CHANGED event because the control itself does
+ // not send us SB_ENDSCROLL for whatever reason when mouse
+ // wheel is used
+ scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case SB_ENDSCROLL:
+ scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ // unknown scroll event?
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ int newPos = ValueInvertOrNot((int) ::SendMessage((HWND) control, TBM_GETPOS, 0, 0));
+ if ( (newPos < GetMin()) || (newPos > GetMax()) )
+ {
+ // out of range - but we did process it
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ SetValue(newPos);
+
+ wxScrollEvent event(scrollEvent, m_windowId);
+ event.SetPosition(newPos);
+ event.SetEventObject( this );
+ HandleWindowEvent(event);
+
+ wxCommandEvent cevent( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, GetId() );
+ cevent.SetInt( newPos );
+ cevent.SetEventObject( this );
+
+ return HandleWindowEvent( cevent );
+}
+
+void wxSlider::Command (wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ SetValue (event.GetInt());
+ ProcessCommand (event);
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// geometry stuff
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+wxRect wxSlider::GetBoundingBox() const
+{
+ // take care not to call our own functions which would call us recursively
+ int x, y, w, h;
+ wxSliderBase::DoGetPosition(&x, &y);
+ wxSliderBase::DoGetSize(&w, &h);
+
+ wxRect rect(x, y, w, h);
+ if ( m_labels )
+ {
+ wxRect lrect = m_labels->GetBoundingBox();
+ GetParent()->ScreenToClient(&lrect.x, &lrect.y);
+ rect.Union(lrect);
+ }
+
+ return rect;
+}
+
+void wxSlider::DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const
+{
+ wxRect rect = GetBoundingBox();
+
+ if ( width )
+ *width = rect.width;
+ if ( height )
+ *height = rect.height;
+}
+
+void wxSlider::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ wxRect rect = GetBoundingBox();
+
+ if ( x )
+ *x = rect.x;
+ if ( y )
+ *y = rect.y;
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetLabelsSize(int *width) const
+{
+ int cy;
+
+ if ( width )
+ {
+ // find the max label width
+ int wLabelMin, wLabelMax;
+ GetTextExtent(Format(m_rangeMin), &wLabelMin, &cy);
+ GetTextExtent(Format(m_rangeMax), &wLabelMax, &cy);
+
+ *width = wxMax(wLabelMin, wLabelMax);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cy = GetCharHeight();
+ }
+
+ return EDIT_HEIGHT_FROM_CHAR_HEIGHT(cy);
+}
+
+void wxSlider::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+ // all complications below are because we need to position the labels,
+ // without them everything is easy
+ if ( !m_labels )
+ {
+ wxSliderBase::DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // be careful to position the slider itself after moving the labels as
+ // otherwise our GetBoundingBox(), which is called from WM_SIZE handler,
+ // would return a wrong result and wrong size would be cached internally
+ if ( HasFlag(wxSL_VERTICAL) )
+ {
+ int wLabel;
+ int hLabel = GetLabelsSize(&wLabel);
+
+ int xLabel = HasFlag(wxSL_LEFT) ? x + width - wLabel : x;
+
+ // position all labels: min at the top, value in the middle and max at
+ // the bottom
+ DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Min],
+ xLabel, y, wLabel, hLabel);
+
+ DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Value],
+ xLabel, y + (height - hLabel)/2, wLabel, hLabel);
+
+ DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Max],
+ xLabel, y + height - hLabel, wLabel, hLabel);
+
+ // position the slider itself along the left/right edge
+ wxSliderBase::DoMoveWindow(HasFlag(wxSL_LEFT) ? x : x + wLabel + HGAP,
+ y + hLabel/2,
+ width - wLabel - HGAP,
+ height - hLabel);
+ }
+ else // horizontal
+ {
+ int wLabel;
+ int hLabel = GetLabelsSize(&wLabel);
+
+ int yLabel = HasFlag(wxSL_TOP) ? y + height - hLabel : y;
+
+ // position all labels: min on the left, value in the middle and max to
+ // the right
+ DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Min],
+ x, yLabel, wLabel, hLabel);
+
+ DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Value],
+ x + (width - wLabel)/2, yLabel, wLabel, hLabel);
+
+ DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Max],
+ x + width - wLabel, yLabel, wLabel, hLabel);
+
+ // position the slider itself along the top/bottom edge
+ wxSliderBase::DoMoveWindow(x,
+ HasFlag(wxSL_TOP) ? y : y + hLabel,
+ width,
+ height - hLabel);
+ }
+}
+
+wxSize wxSlider::DoGetBestSize() const
+{
+ // these values are arbitrary
+ static const int length = 100;
+ static const int thumb = 24;
+ static const int ticks = 8;
+
+ int *width;
+ wxSize size;
+ if ( HasFlag(wxSL_VERTICAL) )
+ {
+ size.x = thumb;
+ size.y = length;
+ width = &size.x;
+
+ if ( m_labels )
+ {
+ int wLabel;
+ int hLabel = GetLabelsSize(&wLabel);
+
+ // account for the labels
+ size.x += HGAP + wLabel;
+
+ // labels are indented relative to the slider itself
+ size.y += hLabel;
+ }
+ }
+ else // horizontal
+ {
+ size.x = length;
+ size.y = thumb;
+ width = &size.y;
+
+ if ( m_labels )
+ {
+ // labels add extra height
+ size.y += GetLabelsSize();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // need extra space to show ticks
+ if ( HasFlag(wxSL_TICKS) )
+ {
+ *width += ticks;
+
+ // and maybe twice as much if we show them on both sides
+ if ( HasFlag(wxSL_BOTH) )
+ *width += ticks;
+ }
+
+ return size;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// slider-specific methods
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int wxSlider::GetValue() const
+{
+ return ValueInvertOrNot(::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_GETPOS, 0, 0));
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetValue(int value)
+{
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)TRUE, (LPARAM)ValueInvertOrNot(value));
+
+ if ( m_labels )
+ {
+ ::SetWindowText((*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Value], Format(value).wx_str());
+ }
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue)
+{
+ m_rangeMin = minValue;
+ m_rangeMax = maxValue;
+
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETRANGEMIN, TRUE, m_rangeMin);
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETRANGEMAX, TRUE, m_rangeMax);
+
+ if ( m_labels )
+ {
+ ::SetWindowText((*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Min],
+ Format(ValueInvertOrNot(m_rangeMin)).wx_str());
+ ::SetWindowText((*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Max],
+ Format(ValueInvertOrNot(m_rangeMax)).wx_str());
+ }
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetTickFreq(int n, int pos)
+{
+ m_tickFreq = n;
+ ::SendMessage( GetHwnd(), TBM_SETTICFREQ, (WPARAM) n, (LPARAM) pos );
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetPageSize(int pageSize)
+{
+ ::SendMessage( GetHwnd(), TBM_SETPAGESIZE, (WPARAM) 0, (LPARAM) pageSize );
+ m_pageSize = pageSize;
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetPageSize() const
+{
+ return m_pageSize;
+}
+
+void wxSlider::ClearSel()
+{
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_CLEARSEL, (WPARAM) TRUE, (LPARAM) 0);
+}
+
+void wxSlider::ClearTicks()
+{
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_CLEARTICS, (WPARAM) TRUE, (LPARAM) 0);
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetLineSize(int lineSize)
+{
+ m_lineSize = lineSize;
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETLINESIZE, (WPARAM) 0, (LPARAM) lineSize);
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetLineSize() const
+{
+ return (int)::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_GETLINESIZE, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetSelEnd() const
+{
+ return (int)::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_GETSELEND, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetSelStart() const
+{
+ return (int)::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_GETSELSTART, 0, 0);
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos)
+{
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETSEL,
+ (WPARAM) TRUE /* redraw */,
+ (LPARAM) MAKELONG( minPos, maxPos) );
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetThumbLength(int len)
+{
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETTHUMBLENGTH, (WPARAM) len, (LPARAM) 0);
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetThumbLength() const
+{
+ return (int)::SendMessage( GetHwnd(), TBM_GETTHUMBLENGTH, 0, 0);
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetTick(int tickPos)
+{
+ ::SendMessage( GetHwnd(), TBM_SETTIC, (WPARAM) 0, (LPARAM) tickPos );
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// composite control methods
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WXHWND wxSlider::GetStaticMin() const
+{
+ return m_labels ? (WXHWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Min] : NULL;
+}
+
+WXHWND wxSlider::GetStaticMax() const
+{
+ return m_labels ? (WXHWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Max] : NULL;
+}
+
+WXHWND wxSlider::GetEditValue() const
+{
+ return m_labels ? (WXHWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Value] : NULL;
+}
+
+WX_FORWARD_STD_METHODS_TO_SUBWINDOWS(wxSlider, wxSliderBase, m_labels)
+
+#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: src/msw/slider.cpp
-// Purpose: wxSlider, using the Win95 (and later) trackbar control
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04/01/98
-// RCS-ID: $Id$
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart 1998
-// Vadim Zeitlin 2004
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// ============================================================================
-// declarations
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
- #pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-#include "wx/slider.h"
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
- #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
- #include "wx/brush.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/msw/subwin.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// indices of labels in wxSlider::m_labels
-enum
-{
- SliderLabel_Min,
- SliderLabel_Max,
- SliderLabel_Value,
- SliderLabel_Last
-};
-
-// the gap between the slider and the labels, in pixels
-static const int HGAP = 5;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// XTI
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxSliderStyle )
-
-wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxSliderStyle )
- // new style border flags, we put them first to
- // use them for streaming out
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
-
- // old style border flags
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
-
- // standard window styles
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
-
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_HORIZONTAL)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_VERTICAL)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_AUTOTICKS)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_LABELS)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_LEFT)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_TOP)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_RIGHT)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_BOTTOM)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_BOTH)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_SELRANGE)
- wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_INVERSE)
-
-wxEND_FLAGS( wxSliderStyle )
-
-IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxSlider, wxControl,"wx/slider.h")
-
-wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxSlider)
- wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( Scroll , wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP , wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED , wxScrollEvent )
- wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Updated , wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED , wxCommandEvent )
-
- wxPROPERTY( Value , int , SetValue, GetValue , 0, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
- wxPROPERTY( Minimum , int , SetMin, GetMin, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
- wxPROPERTY( Maximum , int , SetMax, GetMax, 0 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
- wxPROPERTY( PageSize , int , SetPageSize, GetLineSize, 1 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
- wxPROPERTY( LineSize , int , SetLineSize, GetLineSize, 1 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
- wxPROPERTY( ThumbLength , int , SetThumbLength, GetThumbLength, 1 , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
- wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxSliderStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
-wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
-
-wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxSlider)
-wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
-
-wxCONSTRUCTOR_8( wxSlider , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , int , Value , int , Minimum , int , Maximum , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
-#else
-IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider, wxControl)
-#endif
-
-// ============================================================================
-// wxSlider implementation
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// construction
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void wxSlider::Init()
-{
- m_labels = NULL;
-
- m_pageSize = 1;
- m_lineSize = 1;
- m_rangeMax = 0;
- m_rangeMin = 0;
- m_tickFreq = 0;
-
- m_isDragging = false;
-}
-
-bool
-wxSlider::Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int value,
- int minValue,
- int maxValue,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- long style,
- const wxValidator& validator,
- const wxString& name)
-{
- // our styles are redundant: wxSL_LEFT/RIGHT imply wxSL_VERTICAL and
- // wxSL_TOP/BOTTOM imply wxSL_HORIZONTAL, but for backwards compatibility
- // reasons we can't really change it, instead try to infer the orientation
- // from the flags given to us here
- switch ( style & (wxSL_LEFT | wxSL_RIGHT | wxSL_TOP | wxSL_BOTTOM) )
- {
- case wxSL_LEFT:
- case wxSL_RIGHT:
- style |= wxSL_VERTICAL;
- break;
-
- case wxSL_TOP:
- case wxSL_BOTTOM:
- style |= wxSL_HORIZONTAL;
- break;
-
- case 0:
- // no specific direction, do we have at least the orientation?
- if ( !(style & (wxSL_HORIZONTAL | wxSL_VERTICAL)) )
- {
- // no, choose default
- style |= wxSL_BOTTOM | wxSL_HORIZONTAL;
- }
- };
-
- wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxSL_VERTICAL) || !(style & wxSL_HORIZONTAL),
- _T("incompatible slider direction and orientation") );
-
-
- // initialize everything
- if ( !CreateControl(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name) )
- return false;
-
- // ensure that we have correct values for GetLabelsSize()
- m_rangeMin = minValue;
- m_rangeMax = maxValue;
-
- // create the labels first, so that our DoGetBestSize() could take them
- // into account
- //
- // note that we could simply create 3 wxStaticTexts here but it could
- // result in some observable side effects at wx level (e.g. the parent of
- // wxSlider would have 3 more children than expected) and so we prefer not
- // to do it like this
- if ( m_windowStyle & wxSL_LABELS )
- {
- m_labels = new wxSubwindows(SliderLabel_Last);
-
- HWND hwndParent = GetHwndOf(parent);
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < SliderLabel_Last; n++ )
- {
- wxWindowIDRef lblid = NewControlId();
-
- HWND wnd = ::CreateWindow
- (
- wxT("STATIC"),
- NULL,
- WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | SS_CENTER,
- 0, 0, 0, 0,
- hwndParent,
- (HMENU)wxUIntToPtr(lblid.GetValue()),
- wxGetInstance(),
- NULL
- );
-
- m_labels->Set(n, wnd, lblid);
- }
-
- m_labels->SetFont(GetFont());
- }
-
- // now create the main control too
- if ( !MSWCreateControl(TRACKBAR_CLASS, wxEmptyString, pos, size) )
- return false;
-
- // and initialize everything
- SetRange(minValue, maxValue);
- SetValue(value);
- SetPageSize((maxValue - minValue)/10);
-
- // we need to position the labels correctly if we have them and if
- // SetSize() hadn't been called before (when best size was determined by
- // MSWCreateControl()) as in this case they haven't been put in place yet
- if ( m_labels && size.x != wxDefaultCoord && size.y != wxDefaultCoord )
- {
- SetSize(size);
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-WXDWORD wxSlider::MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
-{
- WXDWORD msStyle = wxControl::MSWGetStyle(style, exstyle);
-
- // TBS_HORZ, TBS_RIGHT and TBS_BOTTOM are 0 but do include them for clarity
- msStyle |= style & wxSL_VERTICAL ? TBS_VERT : TBS_HORZ;
-
- if ( style & wxSL_BOTH )
- {
- // this fully specifies the style combined with TBS_VERT/HORZ above
- msStyle |= TBS_BOTH;
- }
- else // choose one direction
- {
- if ( style & wxSL_LEFT )
- msStyle |= TBS_LEFT;
- else if ( style & wxSL_RIGHT )
- msStyle |= TBS_RIGHT;
- else if ( style & wxSL_TOP )
- msStyle |= TBS_TOP;
- else if ( style & wxSL_BOTTOM )
- msStyle |= TBS_BOTTOM;
- }
-
- if ( style & wxSL_AUTOTICKS )
- msStyle |= TBS_AUTOTICKS;
- else
- msStyle |= TBS_NOTICKS;
-
- if ( style & wxSL_SELRANGE )
- msStyle |= TBS_ENABLESELRANGE;
-
- return msStyle;
-}
-
-wxSlider::~wxSlider()
-{
- delete m_labels;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event handling
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool wxSlider::MSWOnScroll(int WXUNUSED(orientation),
- WXWORD wParam,
- WXWORD WXUNUSED(pos),
- WXHWND control)
-{
- wxEventType scrollEvent;
- switch ( wParam )
- {
- case SB_TOP:
- scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP;
- break;
-
- case SB_BOTTOM:
- scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM;
- break;
-
- case SB_LINEUP:
- scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP;
- break;
-
- case SB_LINEDOWN:
- scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN;
- break;
-
- case SB_PAGEUP:
- scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP;
- break;
-
- case SB_PAGEDOWN:
- scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN;
- break;
-
- case SB_THUMBTRACK:
- scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK;
- m_isDragging = true;
- break;
-
- case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
- if ( m_isDragging )
- {
- scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE;
- m_isDragging = false;
- }
- else
- {
- // this seems to only happen when the mouse wheel is used: in
- // this case, as it might be unexpected to get THUMBRELEASE
- // without preceding THUMBTRACKs, we don't generate it at all
- // but generate CHANGED event because the control itself does
- // not send us SB_ENDSCROLL for whatever reason when mouse
- // wheel is used
- scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED;
- }
- break;
-
- case SB_ENDSCROLL:
- scrollEvent = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED;
- break;
-
- default:
- // unknown scroll event?
- return false;
- }
-
- int newPos = ValueInvertOrNot((int) ::SendMessage((HWND) control, TBM_GETPOS, 0, 0));
- if ( (newPos < GetMin()) || (newPos > GetMax()) )
- {
- // out of range - but we did process it
- return true;
- }
-
- SetValue(newPos);
-
- wxScrollEvent event(scrollEvent, m_windowId);
- event.SetPosition(newPos);
- event.SetEventObject( this );
- HandleWindowEvent(event);
-
- wxCommandEvent cevent( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, GetId() );
- cevent.SetInt( newPos );
- cevent.SetEventObject( this );
-
- return HandleWindowEvent( cevent );
-}
-
-void wxSlider::Command (wxCommandEvent & event)
-{
- SetValue (event.GetInt());
- ProcessCommand (event);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// geometry stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxRect wxSlider::GetBoundingBox() const
-{
- // take care not to call our own functions which would call us recursively
- int x, y, w, h;
- wxSliderBase::DoGetPosition(&x, &y);
- wxSliderBase::DoGetSize(&w, &h);
-
- wxRect rect(x, y, w, h);
- if ( m_labels )
- {
- wxRect lrect = m_labels->GetBoundingBox();
- GetParent()->ScreenToClient(&lrect.x, &lrect.y);
- rect.Union(lrect);
- }
-
- return rect;
-}
-
-void wxSlider::DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const
-{
- wxRect rect = GetBoundingBox();
-
- if ( width )
- *width = rect.width;
- if ( height )
- *height = rect.height;
-}
-
-void wxSlider::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
-{
- wxRect rect = GetBoundingBox();
-
- if ( x )
- *x = rect.x;
- if ( y )
- *y = rect.y;
-}
-
-int wxSlider::GetLabelsSize(int *width) const
-{
- int cy;
-
- if ( width )
- {
- // find the max label width
- int wLabelMin, wLabelMax;
- GetTextExtent(Format(m_rangeMin), &wLabelMin, &cy);
- GetTextExtent(Format(m_rangeMax), &wLabelMax, &cy);
-
- *width = wxMax(wLabelMin, wLabelMax);
- }
- else
- {
- cy = GetCharHeight();
- }
-
- return EDIT_HEIGHT_FROM_CHAR_HEIGHT(cy);
-}
-
-void wxSlider::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
-{
- // all complications below are because we need to position the labels,
- // without them everything is easy
- if ( !m_labels )
- {
- wxSliderBase::DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height);
- return;
- }
-
- // be careful to position the slider itself after moving the labels as
- // otherwise our GetBoundingBox(), which is called from WM_SIZE handler,
- // would return a wrong result and wrong size would be cached internally
- if ( HasFlag(wxSL_VERTICAL) )
- {
- int wLabel;
- int hLabel = GetLabelsSize(&wLabel);
-
- int xLabel = HasFlag(wxSL_LEFT) ? x + width - wLabel : x;
-
- // position all labels: min at the top, value in the middle and max at
- // the bottom
- DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Min],
- xLabel, y, wLabel, hLabel);
-
- DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Value],
- xLabel, y + (height - hLabel)/2, wLabel, hLabel);
-
- DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Max],
- xLabel, y + height - hLabel, wLabel, hLabel);
-
- // position the slider itself along the left/right edge
- wxSliderBase::DoMoveWindow(HasFlag(wxSL_LEFT) ? x : x + wLabel + HGAP,
- y + hLabel/2,
- width - wLabel - HGAP,
- height - hLabel);
- }
- else // horizontal
- {
- int wLabel;
- int hLabel = GetLabelsSize(&wLabel);
-
- int yLabel = HasFlag(wxSL_TOP) ? y + height - hLabel : y;
-
- // position all labels: min on the left, value in the middle and max to
- // the right
- DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Min],
- x, yLabel, wLabel, hLabel);
-
- DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Value],
- x + (width - wLabel)/2, yLabel, wLabel, hLabel);
-
- DoMoveSibling((HWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Max],
- x + width - wLabel, yLabel, wLabel, hLabel);
-
- // position the slider itself along the top/bottom edge
- wxSliderBase::DoMoveWindow(x,
- HasFlag(wxSL_TOP) ? y : y + hLabel,
- width,
- height - hLabel);
- }
-}
-
-wxSize wxSlider::DoGetBestSize() const
-{
- // these values are arbitrary
- static const int length = 100;
- static const int thumb = 24;
- static const int ticks = 8;
-
- int *width;
- wxSize size;
- if ( HasFlag(wxSL_VERTICAL) )
- {
- size.x = thumb;
- size.y = length;
- width = &size.x;
-
- if ( m_labels )
- {
- int wLabel;
- int hLabel = GetLabelsSize(&wLabel);
-
- // account for the labels
- size.x += HGAP + wLabel;
-
- // labels are indented relative to the slider itself
- size.y += hLabel;
- }
- }
- else // horizontal
- {
- size.x = length;
- size.y = thumb;
- width = &size.y;
-
- if ( m_labels )
- {
- // labels add extra height
- size.y += GetLabelsSize();
- }
- }
-
- // need extra space to show ticks
- if ( HasFlag(wxSL_TICKS) )
- {
- *width += ticks;
-
- // and maybe twice as much if we show them on both sides
- if ( HasFlag(wxSL_BOTH) )
- *width += ticks;
- }
-
- return size;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// slider-specific methods
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-int wxSlider::GetValue() const
-{
- return ValueInvertOrNot(::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_GETPOS, 0, 0));
-}
-
-void wxSlider::SetValue(int value)
-{
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)TRUE, (LPARAM)ValueInvertOrNot(value));
-
- if ( m_labels )
- {
- ::SetWindowText((*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Value], Format(value).wx_str());
- }
-}
-
-void wxSlider::SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue)
-{
- m_rangeMin = minValue;
- m_rangeMax = maxValue;
-
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETRANGEMIN, TRUE, m_rangeMin);
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETRANGEMAX, TRUE, m_rangeMax);
-
- if ( m_labels )
- {
- ::SetWindowText((*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Min],
- Format(ValueInvertOrNot(m_rangeMin)).wx_str());
- ::SetWindowText((*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Max],
- Format(ValueInvertOrNot(m_rangeMax)).wx_str());
- }
-}
-
-void wxSlider::SetTickFreq(int n, int pos)
-{
- m_tickFreq = n;
- ::SendMessage( GetHwnd(), TBM_SETTICFREQ, (WPARAM) n, (LPARAM) pos );
-}
-
-void wxSlider::SetPageSize(int pageSize)
-{
- ::SendMessage( GetHwnd(), TBM_SETPAGESIZE, (WPARAM) 0, (LPARAM) pageSize );
- m_pageSize = pageSize;
-}
-
-int wxSlider::GetPageSize() const
-{
- return m_pageSize;
-}
-
-void wxSlider::ClearSel()
-{
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_CLEARSEL, (WPARAM) TRUE, (LPARAM) 0);
-}
-
-void wxSlider::ClearTicks()
-{
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_CLEARTICS, (WPARAM) TRUE, (LPARAM) 0);
-}
-
-void wxSlider::SetLineSize(int lineSize)
-{
- m_lineSize = lineSize;
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETLINESIZE, (WPARAM) 0, (LPARAM) lineSize);
-}
-
-int wxSlider::GetLineSize() const
-{
- return (int)::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_GETLINESIZE, 0, 0);
-}
-
-int wxSlider::GetSelEnd() const
-{
- return (int)::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_GETSELEND, 0, 0);
-}
-
-int wxSlider::GetSelStart() const
-{
- return (int)::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_GETSELSTART, 0, 0);
-}
-
-void wxSlider::SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos)
-{
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETSEL,
- (WPARAM) TRUE /* redraw */,
- (LPARAM) MAKELONG( minPos, maxPos) );
-}
-
-void wxSlider::SetThumbLength(int len)
-{
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TBM_SETTHUMBLENGTH, (WPARAM) len, (LPARAM) 0);
-}
-
-int wxSlider::GetThumbLength() const
-{
- return (int)::SendMessage( GetHwnd(), TBM_GETTHUMBLENGTH, 0, 0);
-}
-
-void wxSlider::SetTick(int tickPos)
-{
- ::SendMessage( GetHwnd(), TBM_SETTIC, (WPARAM) 0, (LPARAM) tickPos );
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// composite control methods
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WXHWND wxSlider::GetStaticMin() const
-{
- return m_labels ? (WXHWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Min] : NULL;
-}
-
-WXHWND wxSlider::GetStaticMax() const
-{
- return m_labels ? (WXHWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Max] : NULL;
-}
-
-WXHWND wxSlider::GetEditValue() const
-{
- return m_labels ? (WXHWND)(*m_labels)[SliderLabel_Value] : NULL;
-}
-
-WX_FORWARD_STD_METHODS_TO_SUBWINDOWS(wxSlider, wxSliderBase, m_labels)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: src/msw/statbr95.cpp
-// Purpose: native implementation of wxStatusBar
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04.04.98
-// RCS-ID: $Id$
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
- #pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-
-#include "wx/statusbr.h"
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
- #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
- #include "wx/frame.h"
- #include "wx/settings.h"
- #include "wx/dcclient.h"
- #include "wx/intl.h"
- #include "wx/log.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/msw/private.h"
-#include <windowsx.h>
-
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
- #include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// windowsx.h and commctrl.h don't define those, so we do it here
-#define StatusBar_SetParts(h, n, w) SendMessage(h, SB_SETPARTS, (WPARAM)n, (LPARAM)w)
-#define StatusBar_SetText(h, n, t) SendMessage(h, SB_SETTEXT, (WPARAM)n, (LPARAM)(LPCTSTR)t)
-#define StatusBar_GetTextLen(h, n) LOWORD(SendMessage(h, SB_GETTEXTLENGTH, (WPARAM)n, 0))
-#define StatusBar_GetText(h, n, s) LOWORD(SendMessage(h, SB_GETTEXT, (WPARAM)n, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)s))
-
-// ============================================================================
-// implementation
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStatusBar95 class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxStatusBar95::wxStatusBar95()
-{
- SetParent(NULL);
- m_hWnd = 0;
- m_windowId = 0;
-}
-
-bool wxStatusBar95::Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- long style,
- const wxString& name)
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("status bar must have a parent") );
-
- SetName(name);
- SetWindowStyleFlag(style);
- SetParent(parent);
-
- parent->AddChild(this);
-
- m_windowId = id == wxID_ANY ? NewControlId() : id;
-
- DWORD wstyle = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE;
-
- if ( style & wxCLIP_SIBLINGS )
- wstyle |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
-
- // setting SBARS_SIZEGRIP is perfectly useless: it's always on by default
- // (at least in the version of comctl32.dll I'm using), and the only way to
- // turn it off is to use CCS_TOP style - as we position the status bar
- // manually anyhow (see DoMoveWindow), use CCS_TOP style if wxST_SIZEGRIP
- // is not given
- if ( !(style & wxST_SIZEGRIP) )
- {
- wstyle |= CCS_TOP;
- }
- else
- {
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
- // may be some versions of comctl32.dll do need it - anyhow, it won't
- // do any harm
- wstyle |= SBARS_SIZEGRIP;
-#endif
- }
-
- m_hWnd = CreateWindow
- (
- STATUSCLASSNAME,
- _T(""),
- wstyle,
- 0, 0, 0, 0,
- GetHwndOf(parent),
- (HMENU)wxUIntToPtr(m_windowId.GetValue()),
- wxGetInstance(),
- NULL
- );
- if ( m_hWnd == 0 )
- {
- wxLogSysError(_("Failed to create a status bar."));
-
- return false;
- }
-
- SetFieldsCount(1);
- SubclassWin(m_hWnd);
- InheritAttributes();
-
- SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUBAR));
-
- // we must refresh the frame size when the statusbar is created, because
- // its client area might change
- wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame);
- if ( frame )
- {
- frame->SendSizeEvent();
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-wxStatusBar95::~wxStatusBar95()
-{
- // we must refresh the frame size when the statusbar is deleted but the
- // frame is not - otherwise statusbar leaves a hole in the place it used to
- // occupy
- wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame);
- if ( frame && !frame->IsBeingDeleted() )
- {
- frame->SendSizeEvent();
- }
-}
-
-void wxStatusBar95::SetFieldsCount(int nFields, const int *widths)
-{
- // this is a Windows limitation
- wxASSERT_MSG( (nFields > 0) && (nFields < 255), _T("too many fields") );
-
- wxStatusBarBase::SetFieldsCount(nFields, widths);
-
- SetFieldsWidth();
-}
-
-void wxStatusBar95::SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths[])
-{
- wxStatusBarBase::SetStatusWidths(n, widths);
-
- SetFieldsWidth();
-}
-
-void wxStatusBar95::SetFieldsWidth()
-{
- if ( !m_nFields )
- return;
-
- int aBorders[3];
- SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_GETBORDERS, 0, (LPARAM)aBorders);
-
- int extraWidth = aBorders[2]; // space between fields
-
- wxArrayInt widthsAbs =
- CalculateAbsWidths(GetClientSize().x - extraWidth*(m_nFields - 1));
-
- int *pWidths = new int[m_nFields];
-
- int nCurPos = 0;
- for ( int i = 0; i < m_nFields; i++ ) {
- nCurPos += widthsAbs[i] + extraWidth;
- pWidths[i] = nCurPos;
- }
-
- if ( !StatusBar_SetParts(GetHwnd(), m_nFields, pWidths) ) {
- wxLogLastError(wxT("StatusBar_SetParts"));
- }
-
- delete [] pWidths;
-}
-
-void wxStatusBar95::SetStatusText(const wxString& strText, int nField)
-{
- wxCHECK_RET( (nField >= 0) && (nField < m_nFields),
- _T("invalid statusbar field index") );
-
- if ( strText == GetStatusText(nField) )
- {
- // don't call StatusBar_SetText() to avoid flicker
- return;
- }
-
- // Get field style, if any
- int style;
- if (m_statusStyles)
- {
- switch(m_statusStyles[nField])
- {
- case wxSB_RAISED:
- style = SBT_POPOUT;
- break;
- case wxSB_FLAT:
- style = SBT_NOBORDERS;
- break;
- case wxSB_NORMAL:
- default:
- style = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
- else
- style = 0;
-
- // Pass both field number and style. MSDN library doesn't mention
- // that nField and style have to be 'ORed'
- if ( !StatusBar_SetText(GetHwnd(), nField | style, strText.wx_str()) )
- {
- wxLogLastError(wxT("StatusBar_SetText"));
- }
-}
-
-wxString wxStatusBar95::GetStatusText(int nField) const
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( (nField >= 0) && (nField < m_nFields), wxEmptyString,
- _T("invalid statusbar field index") );
-
- wxString str;
- int len = StatusBar_GetTextLen(GetHwnd(), nField);
- if ( len > 0 )
- {
- StatusBar_GetText(GetHwnd(), nField, wxStringBuffer(str, len));
- }
-
- return str;
-}
-
-int wxStatusBar95::GetBorderX() const
-{
- int aBorders[3];
- SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_GETBORDERS, 0, (LPARAM)aBorders);
-
- return aBorders[0];
-}
-
-int wxStatusBar95::GetBorderY() const
-{
- int aBorders[3];
- SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_GETBORDERS, 0, (LPARAM)aBorders);
-
- return aBorders[1];
-}
-
-void wxStatusBar95::SetMinHeight(int height)
-{
- SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_SETMINHEIGHT, height + 2*GetBorderY(), 0);
-
- // have to send a (dummy) WM_SIZE to redraw it now
- SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_SIZE, 0, 0);
-}
-
-bool wxStatusBar95::GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( (i >= 0) && (i < m_nFields), false,
- _T("invalid statusbar field index") );
-
- RECT r;
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_GETRECT, i, (LPARAM)&r) )
- {
- wxLogLastError(wxT("SendMessage(SB_GETRECT)"));
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
- wxUxThemeHandle theme((wxStatusBar95 *)this, L"Status"); // const_cast
- if ( theme )
- {
- // by default Windows has a 2 pixel border to the right of the left
- // divider (or it could be a bug) but it looks wrong so remove it
- if ( i != 0 )
- {
- r.left -= 2;
- }
-
- wxUxThemeEngine::Get()->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect(theme, NULL,
- 1 /* SP_PANE */, 0,
- &r, &r);
- }
-#endif
-
- wxCopyRECTToRect(r, rect);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-// no idea for a default width, just choose something
-#define DEFAULT_FIELD_WIDTH 25
-
-wxSize wxStatusBar95::DoGetBestSize() const
-{
- int borders[3];
- SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_GETBORDERS, 0, (LPARAM)borders);
-
- // calculate width
- int width = 0;
- for ( int i = 0; i < m_nFields; ++i )
- {
- int widthField = m_statusWidths ? m_statusWidths[i]
- : DEFAULT_FIELD_WIDTH;
- if ( widthField >= 0 )
- {
- width += widthField;
- }
- else
- {
- // variable width field, its width is really a proportion
- // related to the other fields
- width += -widthField*DEFAULT_FIELD_WIDTH;
- }
-
- // add the space between fields
- width += borders[2];
- }
-
- if ( !width )
- {
- // still need something even for an empty status bar
- width = 2*DEFAULT_FIELD_WIDTH;
- }
-
-
- // calculate height
- int height;
- wxGetCharSize(GetHWND(), NULL, &height, GetFont());
- height = EDIT_HEIGHT_FROM_CHAR_HEIGHT(height);
- height += borders[1];
-
- wxSize best(width, height);
- CacheBestSize(best);
- return best;
-}
-
-void wxStatusBar95::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
-{
- if ( GetParent()->IsSizeDeferred() )
- {
- wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height);
- }
- else
- {
- // parent pos/size isn't deferred so do it now but don't send
- // WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING since we don't want to change pos/size later
- // we must use SWP_NOCOPYBITS here otherwise it paints incorrectly
- // if other windows are size deferred
- ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), NULL, x, y, width, height,
- SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
- | SWP_NOCOPYBITS | SWP_NOSENDCHANGING
-#endif
- );
- }
-
- // adjust fields widths to the new size
- SetFieldsWidth();
-
- // we have to trigger wxSizeEvent if there are children window in status
- // bar because GetFieldRect returned incorrect (not updated) values up to
- // here, which almost certainly resulted in incorrectly redrawn statusbar
- if ( m_children.GetCount() > 0 )
- {
- wxSizeEvent event(GetClientSize(), m_windowId);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- HandleWindowEvent(event);
- }
-}
-
-void wxStatusBar95::SetStatusStyles(int n, const int styles[])
-{
- wxStatusBarBase::SetStatusStyles(n, styles);
-
- if (n != m_nFields)
- return;
-
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
- {
- int style;
- switch(styles[i])
- {
- case wxSB_RAISED:
- style = SBT_POPOUT;
- break;
- case wxSB_FLAT:
- style = SBT_NOBORDERS;
- break;
- case wxSB_NORMAL:
- default:
- style = 0;
- break;
- }
- // The SB_SETTEXT message is both used to set the field's text as well as
- // the fields' styles. MSDN library doesn't mention
- // that nField and style have to be 'ORed'
- wxString text = GetStatusText(i);
- if (!StatusBar_SetText(GetHwnd(), style | i, text.wx_str()))
- {
- wxLogLastError(wxT("StatusBar_SetText"));
- }
- }
-}
-
-WXLRESULT
-wxStatusBar95::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
- if ( nMsg == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING )
- {
- WINDOWPOS *lpPos = (WINDOWPOS *)lParam;
- int x, y, w, h;
- GetPosition(&x, &y);
- GetSize(&w, &h);
-
- // we need real window coords and not wx client coords
- AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y);
-
- lpPos->x = x;
- lpPos->y = y;
- lpPos->cx = w;
- lpPos->cy = h;
-
- return 0;
- }
-
- if ( nMsg == WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN )
- {
- // if hit-test is on gripper then send message to TLW to begin
- // resizing. It is possible to send this message to any window.
- if ( wParam == HTBOTTOMRIGHT )
- {
- wxWindow *win;
-
- for ( win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() )
- {
- if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
- {
- SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN,
- wParam, lParam);
-
- return 0;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- return wxStatusBarBase::MSWWindowProc(nMsg, wParam, lParam);
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: src/msw/statusbar.cpp
+// Purpose: native implementation of wxStatusBar
+// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04.04.98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+ #pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
+
+#include "wx/statusbr.h"
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+ #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
+ #include "wx/frame.h"
+ #include "wx/settings.h"
+ #include "wx/dcclient.h"
+ #include "wx/intl.h"
+ #include "wx/log.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/msw/private.h"
+#include <windowsx.h>
+
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+ #include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// macros
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// windowsx.h and commctrl.h don't define those, so we do it here
+#define StatusBar_SetParts(h, n, w) SendMessage(h, SB_SETPARTS, (WPARAM)n, (LPARAM)w)
+#define StatusBar_SetText(h, n, t) SendMessage(h, SB_SETTEXT, (WPARAM)n, (LPARAM)(LPCTSTR)t)
+#define StatusBar_GetTextLen(h, n) LOWORD(SendMessage(h, SB_GETTEXTLENGTH, (WPARAM)n, 0))
+#define StatusBar_GetText(h, n, s) LOWORD(SendMessage(h, SB_GETTEXT, (WPARAM)n, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)s))
+
+// ============================================================================
+// implementation
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxStatusBar class
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+wxStatusBar::wxStatusBar()
+{
+ SetParent(NULL);
+ m_hWnd = 0;
+ m_windowId = 0;
+}
+
+bool wxStatusBar::Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("status bar must have a parent") );
+
+ SetName(name);
+ SetWindowStyleFlag(style);
+ SetParent(parent);
+
+ parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ m_windowId = id == wxID_ANY ? NewControlId() : id;
+
+ DWORD wstyle = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE;
+
+ if ( style & wxCLIP_SIBLINGS )
+ wstyle |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
+
+ // setting SBARS_SIZEGRIP is perfectly useless: it's always on by default
+ // (at least in the version of comctl32.dll I'm using), and the only way to
+ // turn it off is to use CCS_TOP style - as we position the status bar
+ // manually anyhow (see DoMoveWindow), use CCS_TOP style if wxST_SIZEGRIP
+ // is not given
+ if ( !(style & wxST_SIZEGRIP) )
+ {
+ wstyle |= CCS_TOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+ // may be some versions of comctl32.dll do need it - anyhow, it won't
+ // do any harm
+ wstyle |= SBARS_SIZEGRIP;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ m_hWnd = CreateWindow
+ (
+ STATUSCLASSNAME,
+ _T(""),
+ wstyle,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ GetHwndOf(parent),
+ (HMENU)wxUIntToPtr(m_windowId.GetValue()),
+ wxGetInstance(),
+ NULL
+ );
+ if ( m_hWnd == 0 )
+ {
+ wxLogSysError(_("Failed to create a status bar."));
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ SetFieldsCount(1);
+ SubclassWin(m_hWnd);
+ InheritAttributes();
+
+ SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUBAR));
+
+ // we must refresh the frame size when the statusbar is created, because
+ // its client area might change
+ wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame);
+ if ( frame )
+ {
+ frame->SendSizeEvent();
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+wxStatusBar::~wxStatusBar()
+{
+ // we must refresh the frame size when the statusbar is deleted but the
+ // frame is not - otherwise statusbar leaves a hole in the place it used to
+ // occupy
+ wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame);
+ if ( frame && !frame->IsBeingDeleted() )
+ {
+ frame->SendSizeEvent();
+ }
+}
+
+void wxStatusBar::SetFieldsCount(int nFields, const int *widths)
+{
+ // this is a Windows limitation
+ wxASSERT_MSG( (nFields > 0) && (nFields < 255), _T("too many fields") );
+
+ wxStatusBarBase::SetFieldsCount(nFields, widths);
+
+ SetFieldsWidth();
+}
+
+void wxStatusBar::SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths[])
+{
+ wxStatusBarBase::SetStatusWidths(n, widths);
+
+ SetFieldsWidth();
+}
+
+void wxStatusBar::SetFieldsWidth()
+{
+ if ( !m_nFields )
+ return;
+
+ int aBorders[3];
+ SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_GETBORDERS, 0, (LPARAM)aBorders);
+
+ int extraWidth = aBorders[2]; // space between fields
+
+ wxArrayInt widthsAbs =
+ CalculateAbsWidths(GetClientSize().x - extraWidth*(m_nFields - 1));
+
+ int *pWidths = new int[m_nFields];
+
+ int nCurPos = 0;
+ for ( int i = 0; i < m_nFields; i++ ) {
+ nCurPos += widthsAbs[i] + extraWidth;
+ pWidths[i] = nCurPos;
+ }
+
+ if ( !StatusBar_SetParts(GetHwnd(), m_nFields, pWidths) ) {
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("StatusBar_SetParts"));
+ }
+
+ delete [] pWidths;
+}
+
+void wxStatusBar::SetStatusText(const wxString& strText, int nField)
+{
+ wxCHECK_RET( (nField >= 0) && (nField < m_nFields),
+ _T("invalid statusbar field index") );
+
+ if ( strText == GetStatusText(nField) )
+ {
+ // don't call StatusBar_SetText() to avoid flicker
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Get field style, if any
+ int style;
+ if (m_statusStyles)
+ {
+ switch(m_statusStyles[nField])
+ {
+ case wxSB_RAISED:
+ style = SBT_POPOUT;
+ break;
+ case wxSB_FLAT:
+ style = SBT_NOBORDERS;
+ break;
+ case wxSB_NORMAL:
+ default:
+ style = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ style = 0;
+
+ // Pass both field number and style. MSDN library doesn't mention
+ // that nField and style have to be 'ORed'
+ if ( !StatusBar_SetText(GetHwnd(), nField | style, strText.wx_str()) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("StatusBar_SetText"));
+ }
+}
+
+wxString wxStatusBar::GetStatusText(int nField) const
+{
+ wxCHECK_MSG( (nField >= 0) && (nField < m_nFields), wxEmptyString,
+ _T("invalid statusbar field index") );
+
+ wxString str;
+ int len = StatusBar_GetTextLen(GetHwnd(), nField);
+ if ( len > 0 )
+ {
+ StatusBar_GetText(GetHwnd(), nField, wxStringBuffer(str, len));
+ }
+
+ return str;
+}
+
+int wxStatusBar::GetBorderX() const
+{
+ int aBorders[3];
+ SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_GETBORDERS, 0, (LPARAM)aBorders);
+
+ return aBorders[0];
+}
+
+int wxStatusBar::GetBorderY() const
+{
+ int aBorders[3];
+ SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_GETBORDERS, 0, (LPARAM)aBorders);
+
+ return aBorders[1];
+}
+
+void wxStatusBar::SetMinHeight(int height)
+{
+ SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_SETMINHEIGHT, height + 2*GetBorderY(), 0);
+
+ // have to send a (dummy) WM_SIZE to redraw it now
+ SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_SIZE, 0, 0);
+}
+
+bool wxStatusBar::GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const
+{
+ wxCHECK_MSG( (i >= 0) && (i < m_nFields), false,
+ _T("invalid statusbar field index") );
+
+ RECT r;
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_GETRECT, i, (LPARAM)&r) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("SendMessage(SB_GETRECT)"));
+ }
+
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+ wxUxThemeHandle theme((wxStatusBar *)this, L"Status"); // const_cast
+ if ( theme )
+ {
+ // by default Windows has a 2 pixel border to the right of the left
+ // divider (or it could be a bug) but it looks wrong so remove it
+ if ( i != 0 )
+ {
+ r.left -= 2;
+ }
+
+ wxUxThemeEngine::Get()->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect(theme, NULL,
+ 1 /* SP_PANE */, 0,
+ &r, &r);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ wxCopyRECTToRect(r, rect);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+// no idea for a default width, just choose something
+#define DEFAULT_FIELD_WIDTH 25
+
+wxSize wxStatusBar::DoGetBestSize() const
+{
+ int borders[3];
+ SendMessage(GetHwnd(), SB_GETBORDERS, 0, (LPARAM)borders);
+
+ // calculate width
+ int width = 0;
+ for ( int i = 0; i < m_nFields; ++i )
+ {
+ int widthField = m_statusWidths ? m_statusWidths[i]
+ : DEFAULT_FIELD_WIDTH;
+ if ( widthField >= 0 )
+ {
+ width += widthField;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // variable width field, its width is really a proportion
+ // related to the other fields
+ width += -widthField*DEFAULT_FIELD_WIDTH;
+ }
+
+ // add the space between fields
+ width += borders[2];
+ }
+
+ if ( !width )
+ {
+ // still need something even for an empty status bar
+ width = 2*DEFAULT_FIELD_WIDTH;
+ }
+
+
+ // calculate height
+ int height;
+ wxGetCharSize(GetHWND(), NULL, &height, GetFont());
+ height = EDIT_HEIGHT_FROM_CHAR_HEIGHT(height);
+ height += borders[1];
+
+ wxSize best(width, height);
+ CacheBestSize(best);
+ return best;
+}
+
+void wxStatusBar::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+ if ( GetParent()->IsSizeDeferred() )
+ {
+ wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // parent pos/size isn't deferred so do it now but don't send
+ // WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING since we don't want to change pos/size later
+ // we must use SWP_NOCOPYBITS here otherwise it paints incorrectly
+ // if other windows are size deferred
+ ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), NULL, x, y, width, height,
+ SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+ | SWP_NOCOPYBITS | SWP_NOSENDCHANGING
+#endif
+ );
+ }
+
+ // adjust fields widths to the new size
+ SetFieldsWidth();
+
+ // we have to trigger wxSizeEvent if there are children window in status
+ // bar because GetFieldRect returned incorrect (not updated) values up to
+ // here, which almost certainly resulted in incorrectly redrawn statusbar
+ if ( m_children.GetCount() > 0 )
+ {
+ wxSizeEvent event(GetClientSize(), m_windowId);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+ HandleWindowEvent(event);
+ }
+}
+
+void wxStatusBar::SetStatusStyles(int n, const int styles[])
+{
+ wxStatusBarBase::SetStatusStyles(n, styles);
+
+ if (n != m_nFields)
+ return;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ {
+ int style;
+ switch(styles[i])
+ {
+ case wxSB_RAISED:
+ style = SBT_POPOUT;
+ break;
+ case wxSB_FLAT:
+ style = SBT_NOBORDERS;
+ break;
+ case wxSB_NORMAL:
+ default:
+ style = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ // The SB_SETTEXT message is both used to set the field's text as well as
+ // the fields' styles. MSDN library doesn't mention
+ // that nField and style have to be 'ORed'
+ wxString text = GetStatusText(i);
+ if (!StatusBar_SetText(GetHwnd(), style | i, text.wx_str()))
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("StatusBar_SetText"));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+WXLRESULT
+wxStatusBar::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+ if ( nMsg == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING )
+ {
+ WINDOWPOS *lpPos = (WINDOWPOS *)lParam;
+ int x, y, w, h;
+ GetPosition(&x, &y);
+ GetSize(&w, &h);
+
+ // we need real window coords and not wx client coords
+ AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y);
+
+ lpPos->x = x;
+ lpPos->y = y;
+ lpPos->cx = w;
+ lpPos->cy = h;
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if ( nMsg == WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN )
+ {
+ // if hit-test is on gripper then send message to TLW to begin
+ // resizing. It is possible to send this message to any window.
+ if ( wParam == HTBOTTOMRIGHT )
+ {
+ wxWindow *win;
+
+ for ( win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() )
+ {
+ if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
+ {
+ SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN,
+ wParam, lParam);
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return wxStatusBarBase::MSWWindowProc(nMsg, wParam, lParam);
+}
+
+#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: src/msw/tbar95.cpp
-// Purpose: wxToolBar
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04/01/98
-// RCS-ID: $Id$
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// ============================================================================
-// declarations
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
- #pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR && wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
-
-#include "wx/toolbar.h"
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
- #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
- #include "wx/dynarray.h"
- #include "wx/frame.h"
- #include "wx/log.h"
- #include "wx/intl.h"
- #include "wx/settings.h"
- #include "wx/bitmap.h"
- #include "wx/dcmemory.h"
- #include "wx/control.h"
- #include "wx/app.h" // for GetComCtl32Version
- #include "wx/image.h"
- #include "wx/stattext.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/sysopt.h"
-#include "wx/dcclient.h"
-
-#include "wx/msw/private.h"
-#include "wx/msw/dc.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
-#include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h"
-#endif
-
-// this define controls whether the code for button colours remapping (only
-// useful for 16 or 256 colour images) is active at all, it's always turned off
-// for CE where it doesn't compile (and is probably not needed anyhow) and may
-// also be turned off for other systems if you always use 24bpp images and so
-// never need it
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
- #define wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
-#endif // !__WXWINCE__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// these standard constants are not always defined in compilers headers
-
-// Styles
-#ifndef TBSTYLE_FLAT
- #define TBSTYLE_LIST 0x1000
- #define TBSTYLE_FLAT 0x0800
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT
- #define TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT 0x8000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS
- #define TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS 0x0100
-#endif
-
-// Messages
-#ifndef TB_GETSTYLE
- #define TB_SETSTYLE (WM_USER + 56)
- #define TB_GETSTYLE (WM_USER + 57)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TB_HITTEST
- #define TB_HITTEST (WM_USER + 69)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TB_GETMAXSIZE
- #define TB_GETMAXSIZE (WM_USER + 83)
-#endif
-
-// these values correspond to those used by comctl32.dll
-#define DEFAULTBITMAPX 16
-#define DEFAULTBITMAPY 15
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWin macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar, wxControl)
-
-/*
- TOOLBAR PROPERTIES
- tool
- bitmap
- bitmap2
- tooltip
- longhelp
- radio (bool)
- toggle (bool)
- separator
- style ( wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL)
- bitmapsize
- margins
- packing
- separation
-
- dontattachtoframe
-*/
-
-BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxToolBar, wxToolBarBase)
- EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxToolBar::OnMouseEvent)
- EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxToolBar::OnSysColourChanged)
- EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxToolBar::OnEraseBackground)
-END_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// private classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxToolBarTool : public wxToolBarToolBase
-{
-public:
- wxToolBarTool(wxToolBar *tbar,
- int id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
- wxItemKind kind,
- wxObject *clientData,
- const wxString& shortHelp,
- const wxString& longHelp)
- : wxToolBarToolBase(tbar, id, label, bmpNormal, bmpDisabled, kind,
- clientData, shortHelp, longHelp)
- {
- m_nSepCount = 0;
- m_staticText = 0;
- }
-
- wxToolBarTool(wxToolBar *tbar, wxControl *control, const wxString& label)
- : wxToolBarToolBase(tbar, control, label)
- {
- if ( IsControl() && !m_label.empty() )
- {
- // create a control to render the control's label
- m_staticText = new wxStaticText
- (
- m_tbar,
- wxID_ANY,
- m_label,
- wxDefaultPosition,
- wxDefaultSize,
- wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxST_NO_AUTORESIZE
- );
- }
- else // no label
- {
- m_staticText = NULL;
- }
-
- m_nSepCount = 1;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxToolBarTool()
- {
- delete m_staticText;
- }
-
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label)
- {
- if ( label == m_label )
- return;
-
- wxToolBarToolBase::SetLabel(label);
-
- if ( m_staticText )
- m_staticText->SetLabel(label);
-
- // we need to update the label shown in the toolbar because it has a
- // pointer to the internal buffer of the old label
- //
- // TODO: use TB_SETBUTTONINFO
- }
-
- wxStaticText* GetStaticText()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsControl(),
- _T("only makes sense for embedded control tools") );
-
- return m_staticText;
- }
-
- // set/get the number of separators which we use to cover the space used by
- // a control in the toolbar
- void SetSeparatorsCount(size_t count) { m_nSepCount = count; }
- size_t GetSeparatorsCount() const { return m_nSepCount; }
-
-private:
- size_t m_nSepCount;
- wxStaticText *m_staticText;
-
- DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBarTool)
-};
-
-// ============================================================================
-// implementation
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolBarTool
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBar::CreateTool(int id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
- wxItemKind kind,
- wxObject *clientData,
- const wxString& shortHelp,
- const wxString& longHelp)
-{
- return new wxToolBarTool(this, id, label, bmpNormal, bmpDisabled, kind,
- clientData, shortHelp, longHelp);
-}
-
-wxToolBarToolBase *
-wxToolBar::CreateTool(wxControl *control, const wxString& label)
-{
- return new wxToolBarTool(this, control, label);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolBar construction
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void wxToolBar::Init()
-{
- m_hBitmap = 0;
- m_disabledImgList = NULL;
-
- m_nButtons = 0;
-
- m_defaultWidth = DEFAULTBITMAPX;
- m_defaultHeight = DEFAULTBITMAPY;
-
- m_pInTool = NULL;
-}
-
-bool wxToolBar::Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- long style,
- const wxString& name)
-{
- // common initialisation
- if ( !CreateControl(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )
- return false;
-
- FixupStyle();
-
- // MSW-specific initialisation
- if ( !MSWCreateToolbar(pos, size) )
- return false;
-
- wxSetCCUnicodeFormat(GetHwnd());
-
- // workaround for flat toolbar on Windows XP classic style: we have to set
- // the style after creating the control; doing it at creation time doesn't work
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
- if ( style & wxTB_FLAT )
- {
- LRESULT style = GetMSWToolbarStyle();
-
- if ( !(style & TBSTYLE_FLAT) )
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETSTYLE, 0, style | TBSTYLE_FLAT);
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool wxToolBar::MSWCreateToolbar(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size)
-{
- if ( !MSWCreateControl(TOOLBARCLASSNAME, wxEmptyString, pos, size) )
- return false;
-
- // toolbar-specific post initialisation
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE, sizeof(TBBUTTON), 0);
-
-#ifdef TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE
- if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 471 )
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, TBSTYLE_EX_DRAWDDARROWS);
-#endif
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::Recreate()
-{
- const HWND hwndOld = GetHwnd();
- if ( !hwndOld )
- {
- // we haven't been created yet, no need to recreate
- return;
- }
-
- // get the position and size before unsubclassing the old toolbar
- const wxPoint pos = GetPosition();
- const wxSize size = GetSize();
-
- UnsubclassWin();
-
- if ( !MSWCreateToolbar(pos, size) )
- {
- // what can we do?
- wxFAIL_MSG( _T("recreating the toolbar failed") );
-
- return;
- }
-
- // reparent all our children under the new toolbar
- for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
- node;
- node = node->GetNext() )
- {
- wxWindow *win = node->GetData();
- if ( !win->IsTopLevel() )
- ::SetParent(GetHwndOf(win), GetHwnd());
- }
-
- // only destroy the old toolbar now --
- // after all the children had been reparented
- ::DestroyWindow(hwndOld);
-
- // it is for the old bitmap control and can't be used with the new one
- if ( m_hBitmap )
- {
- ::DeleteObject((HBITMAP) m_hBitmap);
- m_hBitmap = 0;
- }
-
- if ( m_disabledImgList )
- {
- delete m_disabledImgList;
- m_disabledImgList = NULL;
- }
-
- Realize();
-}
-
-wxToolBar::~wxToolBar()
-{
- // we must refresh the frame size when the toolbar is deleted but the frame
- // is not - otherwise toolbar leaves a hole in the place it used to occupy
- wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame);
- if ( frame && !frame->IsBeingDeleted() )
- frame->SendSizeEvent();
-
- if ( m_hBitmap )
- ::DeleteObject((HBITMAP) m_hBitmap);
-
- delete m_disabledImgList;
-}
-
-wxSize wxToolBar::DoGetBestSize() const
-{
- wxSize sizeBest;
-
- SIZE size;
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETMAXSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)&size) )
- {
- // maybe an old (< 0x400) Windows version? try to approximate the
- // toolbar size ourselves
- sizeBest = GetToolSize();
- sizeBest.y += 2 * ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER); // Add borders
- sizeBest.x *= GetToolsCount();
-
- // reverse horz and vertical components if necessary
- if ( IsVertical() )
- {
- int t = sizeBest.x;
- sizeBest.x = sizeBest.y;
- sizeBest.y = t;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- sizeBest.x = size.cx;
- sizeBest.y = size.cy;
- }
-
- if (!IsVertical())
- {
- // Without the extra height, DoGetBestSize can report a size that's
- // smaller than the actual window, causing windows to overlap slightly
- // in some circumstances, leading to missing borders (especially noticeable
- // in AUI layouts).
- if (!(GetWindowStyle() & wxTB_NODIVIDER))
- sizeBest.y += 2;
- sizeBest.y ++;
- }
-
- CacheBestSize(sizeBest);
-
- return sizeBest;
-}
-
-WXDWORD wxToolBar::MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
-{
- // toolbars never have border, giving one to them results in broken
- // appearance
- WXDWORD msStyle = wxControl::MSWGetStyle
- (
- (style & ~wxBORDER_MASK) | wxBORDER_NONE, exstyle
- );
-
- if ( !(style & wxTB_NO_TOOLTIPS) )
- msStyle |= TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS;
-
- if ( style & (wxTB_FLAT | wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT) )
- {
- // static as it doesn't change during the program lifetime
- static const int s_verComCtl = wxApp::GetComCtl32Version();
-
- // comctl32.dll 4.00 doesn't support the flat toolbars and using this
- // style with 6.00 (part of Windows XP) leads to the toolbar with
- // incorrect background colour - and not using it still results in the
- // correct (flat) toolbar, so don't use it there
- if ( s_verComCtl > 400 && s_verComCtl < 600 )
- msStyle |= TBSTYLE_FLAT | TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT;
-
- if ( s_verComCtl >= 470 && style & wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT )
- msStyle |= TBSTYLE_LIST;
- }
-
- if ( style & wxTB_NODIVIDER )
- msStyle |= CCS_NODIVIDER;
-
- if ( style & wxTB_NOALIGN )
- msStyle |= CCS_NOPARENTALIGN;
-
- if ( style & wxTB_VERTICAL )
- msStyle |= CCS_VERT;
-
- if( style & wxTB_BOTTOM )
- msStyle |= CCS_BOTTOM;
-
- if ( style & wxTB_RIGHT )
- msStyle |= CCS_RIGHT;
-
- return msStyle;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// adding/removing tools
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool wxToolBar::DoInsertTool(size_t WXUNUSED(pos), wxToolBarToolBase *tool)
-{
- // nothing special to do here - we really create the toolbar buttons in
- // Realize() later
- tool->Attach(this);
-
- InvalidateBestSize();
- return true;
-}
-
-bool wxToolBar::DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool)
-{
- // the main difficulty we have here is with the controls in the toolbars:
- // as we (sometimes) use several separators to cover up the space used by
- // them, the indices are not the same for us and the toolbar
-
- // first determine the position of the first button to delete: it may be
- // different from pos if we use several separators to cover the space used
- // by a control
- wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node;
- for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
- {
- wxToolBarToolBase *tool2 = node->GetData();
- if ( tool2 == tool )
- {
- // let node point to the next node in the list
- node = node->GetNext();
-
- break;
- }
-
- if ( tool2->IsControl() )
- pos += ((wxToolBarTool *)tool2)->GetSeparatorsCount() - 1;
- }
-
- // now determine the number of buttons to delete and the area taken by them
- size_t nButtonsToDelete = 1;
-
- // get the size of the button we're going to delete
- RECT r;
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETITEMRECT, pos, (LPARAM)&r) )
- {
- wxLogLastError(_T("TB_GETITEMRECT"));
- }
-
- int width = r.right - r.left;
-
- if ( tool->IsControl() )
- {
- nButtonsToDelete = ((wxToolBarTool *)tool)->GetSeparatorsCount();
- width *= nButtonsToDelete;
- tool->GetControl()->Destroy();
- }
-
- // do delete all buttons
- m_nButtons -= nButtonsToDelete;
- while ( nButtonsToDelete-- > 0 )
- {
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_DELETEBUTTON, pos, 0) )
- {
- wxLogLastError(wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON"));
-
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- tool->Detach();
-
- // and finally reposition all the controls after this button (the toolbar
- // takes care of all normal items)
- for ( /* node -> first after deleted */ ; node; node = node->GetNext() )
- {
- wxToolBarTool *tool2 = (wxToolBarTool*)node->GetData();
- if ( tool2->IsControl() )
- {
- int x;
- wxControl *control = tool2->GetControl();
- control->GetPosition(&x, NULL);
- control->Move(x - width, wxDefaultCoord);
-
- wxStaticText* staticText = tool2->GetStaticText();
- staticText->Move(x - width, wxDefaultCoord);
- }
- }
-
- InvalidateBestSize();
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::CreateDisabledImageList()
-{
- if (m_disabledImgList != NULL)
- {
- delete m_disabledImgList;
- m_disabledImgList = NULL;
- }
-
- // as we can't use disabled image list with older versions of comctl32.dll,
- // don't even bother creating it
- if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 470 )
- {
- // search for the first disabled button img in the toolbar, if any
- for ( wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator
- node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
- {
- wxToolBarToolBase *tool = node->GetData();
- wxBitmap bmpDisabled = tool->GetDisabledBitmap();
- if ( bmpDisabled.Ok() )
- {
- m_disabledImgList = new wxImageList
- (
- m_defaultWidth,
- m_defaultHeight,
- bmpDisabled.GetMask() != NULL,
- GetToolsCount()
- );
- break;
- }
- }
-
- // we don't have any disabled bitmaps
- }
-}
-
-bool wxToolBar::Realize()
-{
- const size_t nTools = GetToolsCount();
- if ( nTools == 0 )
- // nothing to do
- return true;
-
-#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
- // don't change the values of these constants, they can be set from the
- // user code via wxSystemOptions
- enum
- {
- Remap_None = -1,
- Remap_Bg,
- Remap_Buttons,
- Remap_TransparentBg
- };
-
- // the user-specified option overrides anything, but if it wasn't set, only
- // remap the buttons on 8bpp displays as otherwise the bitmaps usually look
- // much worse after remapping
- static const wxChar *remapOption = wxT("msw.remap");
- const int remapValue = wxSystemOptions::HasOption(remapOption)
- ? wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(remapOption)
- : wxDisplayDepth() <= 8 ? Remap_Buttons
- : Remap_None;
-
-#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
-
- // delete all old buttons, if any
- for ( size_t pos = 0; pos < m_nButtons; pos++ )
- {
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_DELETEBUTTON, 0, 0) )
- {
- wxLogDebug(wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON failed"));
- }
- }
-
- // First, add the bitmap: we use one bitmap for all toolbar buttons
- // ----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node;
- int bitmapId = 0;
-
- wxSize sizeBmp;
- if ( HasFlag(wxTB_NOICONS) )
- {
- // no icons, don't leave space for them
- sizeBmp.x =
- sizeBmp.y = 0;
- }
- else // do show icons
- {
- // if we already have a bitmap, we'll replace the existing one --
- // otherwise we'll install a new one
- HBITMAP oldToolBarBitmap = (HBITMAP)m_hBitmap;
-
- sizeBmp.x = m_defaultWidth;
- sizeBmp.y = m_defaultHeight;
-
- const wxCoord totalBitmapWidth = m_defaultWidth *
- wx_truncate_cast(wxCoord, nTools),
- totalBitmapHeight = m_defaultHeight;
-
- // Create a bitmap and copy all the tool bitmaps into it
- wxMemoryDC dcAllButtons;
- wxBitmap bitmap(totalBitmapWidth, totalBitmapHeight);
- dcAllButtons.SelectObject(bitmap);
-
-#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
- if ( remapValue != Remap_TransparentBg )
-#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
- {
- // VZ: why do we hardcode grey colour for CE?
- dcAllButtons.SetBackground(wxBrush(
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
- wxColour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0)
-#else // !__WXWINCE__
- GetBackgroundColour()
-#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
- ));
- dcAllButtons.Clear();
- }
-
- m_hBitmap = bitmap.GetHBITMAP();
- HBITMAP hBitmap = (HBITMAP)m_hBitmap;
-
-#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
- if ( remapValue == Remap_Bg )
- {
- dcAllButtons.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
-
- // Even if we're not remapping the bitmap
- // content, we still have to remap the background.
- hBitmap = (HBITMAP)MapBitmap((WXHBITMAP) hBitmap,
- totalBitmapWidth, totalBitmapHeight);
-
- dcAllButtons.SelectObject(bitmap);
- }
-#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
-
- // the button position
- wxCoord x = 0;
-
- // the number of buttons (not separators)
- int nButtons = 0;
-
- CreateDisabledImageList();
- for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
- {
- wxToolBarToolBase *tool = node->GetData();
- if ( tool->IsButton() )
- {
- const wxBitmap& bmp = tool->GetNormalBitmap();
-
- const int w = bmp.GetWidth();
- const int h = bmp.GetHeight();
-
- if ( bmp.Ok() )
- {
- int xOffset = wxMax(0, (m_defaultWidth - w)/2);
- int yOffset = wxMax(0, (m_defaultHeight - h)/2);
-
- // notice the last parameter: do use mask
- dcAllButtons.DrawBitmap(bmp, x + xOffset, yOffset, true);
- }
- else
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid tool button bitmap") );
- }
-
- // also deal with disabled bitmap if we want to use them
- if ( m_disabledImgList )
- {
- wxBitmap bmpDisabled = tool->GetDisabledBitmap();
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_WXDIB
- if ( !bmpDisabled.Ok() )
- {
- // no disabled bitmap specified but we still need to
- // fill the space in the image list with something, so
- // we grey out the normal bitmap
- wxImage
- imgGreyed = bmp.ConvertToImage().ConvertToGreyscale();
-
-#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
- if ( remapValue == Remap_Buttons )
- {
- // we need to have light grey background colour for
- // MapBitmap() to work correctly
- for ( int y = 0; y < h; y++ )
- {
- for ( int x = 0; x < w; x++ )
- {
- if ( imgGreyed.IsTransparent(x, y) )
- imgGreyed.SetRGB(x, y,
- wxLIGHT_GREY->Red(),
- wxLIGHT_GREY->Green(),
- wxLIGHT_GREY->Blue());
- }
- }
- }
-#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
-
- bmpDisabled = wxBitmap(imgGreyed);
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
- if ( remapValue == Remap_Buttons )
- MapBitmap(bmpDisabled.GetHBITMAP(), w, h);
-#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
-
- m_disabledImgList->Add(bmpDisabled);
- }
-
- // still inc width and number of buttons because otherwise the
- // subsequent buttons will all be shifted which is rather confusing
- // (and like this you'd see immediately which bitmap was bad)
- x += m_defaultWidth;
- nButtons++;
- }
- }
-
- dcAllButtons.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
-
- // don't delete this HBITMAP!
- bitmap.SetHBITMAP(0);
-
-#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
- if ( remapValue == Remap_Buttons )
- {
- // Map to system colours
- hBitmap = (HBITMAP)MapBitmap((WXHBITMAP) hBitmap,
- totalBitmapWidth, totalBitmapHeight);
- }
-#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
-
- bool addBitmap = true;
-
- if ( oldToolBarBitmap )
- {
-#ifdef TB_REPLACEBITMAP
- if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 400 )
- {
- TBREPLACEBITMAP replaceBitmap;
- replaceBitmap.hInstOld = NULL;
- replaceBitmap.hInstNew = NULL;
- replaceBitmap.nIDOld = (UINT_PTR)oldToolBarBitmap;
- replaceBitmap.nIDNew = (UINT_PTR)hBitmap;
- replaceBitmap.nButtons = nButtons;
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_REPLACEBITMAP,
- 0, (LPARAM) &replaceBitmap) )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not replace the old bitmap"));
- }
-
- ::DeleteObject(oldToolBarBitmap);
-
- // already done
- addBitmap = false;
- }
- else
-#endif // TB_REPLACEBITMAP
- {
- // we can't replace the old bitmap, so we will add another one
- // (awfully inefficient, but what else to do?) and shift the bitmap
- // indices accordingly
- addBitmap = true;
-
- bitmapId = m_nButtons;
- }
- }
-
- if ( addBitmap ) // no old bitmap or we can't replace it
- {
- TBADDBITMAP addBitmap;
- addBitmap.hInst = 0;
- addBitmap.nID = (UINT_PTR)hBitmap;
- if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_ADDBITMAP,
- (WPARAM) nButtons, (LPARAM)&addBitmap) == -1 )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not add bitmap to toolbar"));
- }
- }
-
- // disable image lists are only supported in comctl32.dll 4.70+
- if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 470 )
- {
- HIMAGELIST hil = m_disabledImgList
- ? GetHimagelistOf(m_disabledImgList)
- : 0;
-
- // notice that we set the image list even if don't have one right
- // now as we could have it before and need to reset it in this case
- HIMAGELIST oldImageList = (HIMAGELIST)
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)hil);
-
- // delete previous image list if any
- if ( oldImageList )
- ::DeleteObject(oldImageList);
- }
- }
-
- // don't call SetToolBitmapSize() as we don't want to change the values of
- // m_defaultWidth/Height
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETBITMAPSIZE, 0,
- MAKELONG(sizeBmp.x, sizeBmp.y)) )
- {
- wxLogLastError(_T("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE"));
- }
-
- // Next add the buttons and separators
- // -----------------------------------
-
- TBBUTTON *buttons = new TBBUTTON[nTools];
-
- // this array will hold the indices of all controls in the toolbar
- wxArrayInt controlIds;
-
- bool lastWasRadio = false;
- int i = 0;
- for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
- {
- wxToolBarToolBase *tool = node->GetData();
-
- // don't add separators to the vertical toolbar with old comctl32.dll
- // versions as they didn't handle this properly
- if ( IsVertical() && tool->IsSeparator() &&
- wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() <= 472 )
- {
- continue;
- }
-
- TBBUTTON& button = buttons[i];
-
- wxZeroMemory(button);
-
- bool isRadio = false;
- switch ( tool->GetStyle() )
- {
- case wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL:
- button.idCommand = tool->GetId();
- // fall through: create just a separator too
-
- case wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR:
- button.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED;
- button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP;
- break;
-
- case wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON:
- if ( !HasFlag(wxTB_NOICONS) )
- button.iBitmap = bitmapId;
-
- if ( HasFlag(wxTB_TEXT) )
- {
- const wxString& label = tool->GetLabel();
- if ( !label.empty() )
- button.iString = (INT_PTR)label.wx_str();
- }
-
- button.idCommand = tool->GetId();
-
- if ( tool->IsEnabled() )
- button.fsState |= TBSTATE_ENABLED;
- if ( tool->IsToggled() )
- button.fsState |= TBSTATE_CHECKED;
-
- switch ( tool->GetKind() )
- {
- case wxITEM_RADIO:
- button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP;
-
- if ( !lastWasRadio )
- {
- // the first item in the radio group is checked by
- // default to be consistent with wxGTK and the menu
- // radio items
- button.fsState |= TBSTATE_CHECKED;
-
- if (tool->Toggle(true))
- {
- DoToggleTool(tool, true);
- }
- }
- else if ( tool->IsToggled() )
- {
- wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator nodePrev = node->GetPrevious();
- int prevIndex = i - 1;
- while ( nodePrev )
- {
- TBBUTTON& prevButton = buttons[prevIndex];
- wxToolBarToolBase *tool = nodePrev->GetData();
- if ( !tool->IsButton() || tool->GetKind() != wxITEM_RADIO )
- break;
-
- if ( tool->Toggle(false) )
- DoToggleTool(tool, false);
-
- prevButton.fsState &= ~TBSTATE_CHECKED;
- nodePrev = nodePrev->GetPrevious();
- prevIndex--;
- }
- }
-
- isRadio = true;
- break;
-
- case wxITEM_CHECK:
- button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_CHECK;
- break;
-
- case wxITEM_NORMAL:
- button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON;
- break;
-
- case wxITEM_DROPDOWN:
- button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN;
- break;
-
- default:
- wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected toolbar button kind") );
- button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON;
- break;
- }
-
- bitmapId++;
- break;
- }
-
- lastWasRadio = isRadio;
-
- i++;
- }
-
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_ADDBUTTONS, (WPARAM)i, (LPARAM)buttons) )
- {
- wxLogLastError(wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS"));
- }
-
- delete [] buttons;
-
- // Deal with the controls finally
- // ------------------------------
-
- // adjust the controls size to fit nicely in the toolbar
- int y = 0;
- size_t index = 0;
- for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext(), index++ )
- {
- wxToolBarTool *tool = (wxToolBarTool*)node->GetData();
-
- // we calculate the running y coord for vertical toolbars so we need to
- // get the items size for all items but for the horizontal ones we
- // don't need to deal with the non controls
- bool isControl = tool->IsControl();
- if ( !isControl && !IsVertical() )
- continue;
-
- // note that we use TB_GETITEMRECT and not TB_GETRECT because the
- // latter only appeared in v4.70 of comctl32.dll
- RECT r;
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETITEMRECT,
- index, (LPARAM)(LPRECT)&r) )
- {
- wxLogLastError(wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT"));
- }
-
- if ( !isControl )
- {
- // can only be control if isVertical
- y += r.bottom - r.top;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- wxControl *control = tool->GetControl();
- wxStaticText * const staticText = tool->GetStaticText();
-
- wxSize size = control->GetSize();
- wxSize staticTextSize;
- if ( staticText )
- {
- staticTextSize = staticText->GetSize();
- staticTextSize.y += 3; // margin between control and its label
- }
-
- // the position of the leftmost controls corner
- int left = wxDefaultCoord;
-
- // TB_SETBUTTONINFO message is only supported by comctl32.dll 4.71+
-#ifdef TB_SETBUTTONINFO
- // available in headers, now check whether it is available now
- // (during run-time)
- if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 471 )
- {
- // set the (underlying) separators width to be that of the
- // control
- TBBUTTONINFO tbbi;
- tbbi.cbSize = sizeof(tbbi);
- tbbi.dwMask = TBIF_SIZE;
- tbbi.cx = (WORD)size.x;
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETBUTTONINFO,
- tool->GetId(), (LPARAM)&tbbi) )
- {
- // the id is probably invalid?
- wxLogLastError(wxT("TB_SETBUTTONINFO"));
- }
- }
- else
-#endif // comctl32.dll 4.71
- // TB_SETBUTTONINFO unavailable
- {
- // try adding several separators to fit the controls width
- int widthSep = r.right - r.left;
- left = r.left;
-
- TBBUTTON tbb;
- wxZeroMemory(tbb);
- tbb.idCommand = 0;
- tbb.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED;
- tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP;
-
- size_t nSeparators = size.x / widthSep;
- for ( size_t nSep = 0; nSep < nSeparators; nSep++ )
- {
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_INSERTBUTTON,
- index, (LPARAM)&tbb) )
- {
- wxLogLastError(wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON"));
- }
-
- index++;
- }
-
- // remember the number of separators we used - we'd have to
- // delete all of them later
- ((wxToolBarTool *)tool)->SetSeparatorsCount(nSeparators);
-
- // adjust the controls width to exactly cover the separators
- size.x = (nSeparators + 1)*widthSep;
- control->SetSize(size.x, wxDefaultCoord);
- }
-
- // position the control itself correctly vertically centering it on the
- // icon area of the toolbar
- int height = r.bottom - r.top - staticTextSize.y;
-
- int diff = height - size.y;
- if ( diff < 0 || !HasFlag(wxTB_TEXT) )
- {
- // not enough room for the static text
- if ( staticText )
- staticText->Hide();
-
- // recalculate height & diff without the staticText control
- height = r.bottom - r.top;
- diff = height - size.y;
- if ( diff < 0 )
- {
- // the control is too high, resize to fit
- control->SetSize(wxDefaultCoord, height - 2);
-
- diff = 2;
- }
- }
- else // enough space for both the control and the label
- {
- if ( staticText )
- staticText->Show();
- }
-
- int top;
- if ( IsVertical() )
- {
- left = 0;
- top = y;
-
- y += height + 2 * GetMargins().y;
- }
- else // horizontal toolbar
- {
- if ( left == wxDefaultCoord )
- left = r.left;
-
- top = r.top;
- }
-
- control->Move(left, top + (diff + 1) / 2);
- if ( staticText )
- {
- staticText->Move(left + (size.x - staticTextSize.x)/2,
- r.bottom - staticTextSize.y);
- }
- }
-
- // the max index is the "real" number of buttons - i.e. counting even the
- // separators which we added just for aligning the controls
- m_nButtons = index;
-
- if ( !IsVertical() )
- {
- if ( m_maxRows == 0 )
- // if not set yet, only one row
- SetRows(1);
- }
- else if ( m_nButtons > 0 ) // vertical non empty toolbar
- {
- // if not set yet, have one column
- m_maxRows = 1;
- SetRows(m_nButtons);
- }
-
- InvalidateBestSize();
- UpdateSize();
-
- return true;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// message handlers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool wxToolBar::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(cmd), WXWORD id_)
-{
- // cast to signed is important as we compare this id with (signed) ints in
- // FindById() and without the cast we'd get a positive int from a
- // "negative" (i.e. > 32767) WORD
- const int id = (signed short)id_;
-
- wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(id);
- if ( !tool )
- return false;
-
- bool toggled = false; // just to suppress warnings
-
- if ( tool->CanBeToggled() )
- {
- LRESULT state = ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETSTATE, id, 0);
- toggled = (state & TBSTATE_CHECKED) != 0;
-
- // ignore the event when a radio button is released, as this doesn't
- // seem to happen at all, and is handled otherwise
- if ( tool->GetKind() == wxITEM_RADIO && !toggled )
- return true;
-
- tool->Toggle(toggled);
- UnToggleRadioGroup(tool);
- }
-
- // OnLeftClick() can veto the button state change - for buttons which
- // may be toggled only, of couse
- if ( !OnLeftClick(id, toggled) && tool->CanBeToggled() )
- {
- // revert back
- tool->Toggle(!toggled);
-
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_CHECKBUTTON, id, MAKELONG(!toggled, 0));
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool wxToolBar::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
- WXLPARAM lParam,
- WXLPARAM *WXUNUSED(result))
-{
- LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam;
- if ( hdr->code == TBN_DROPDOWN )
- {
- LPNMTOOLBAR tbhdr = (LPNMTOOLBAR)lParam;
-
- wxCommandEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, tbhdr->iItem);
- if ( HandleWindowEvent(evt) )
- {
- // Event got handled, don't display default popup menu
- return false;
- }
-
- const wxToolBarToolBase * const tool = FindById(tbhdr->iItem);
- wxCHECK_MSG( tool, false, _T("drop down message for unknown tool") );
-
- wxMenu * const menu = tool->GetDropdownMenu();
- if ( !menu )
- return false;
-
- // Display popup menu below button
- RECT r;
- if (::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETITEMRECT, GetToolPos(tbhdr->iItem), (LPARAM)&r))
- PopupMenu(menu, r.left, r.bottom);
-
- return true;
- }
-
-
- if( !HasFlag(wxTB_NO_TOOLTIPS) )
- {
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- // First check if this applies to us
-
- // the tooltips control created by the toolbar is sometimes Unicode, even
- // in an ANSI application - this seems to be a bug in comctl32.dll v5
- UINT code = hdr->code;
- if ( (code != (UINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA) && (code != (UINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW) )
- return false;
-
- HWND toolTipWnd = (HWND)::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0);
- if ( toolTipWnd != hdr->hwndFrom )
- return false;
-
- LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam;
- int id = (int)ttText->hdr.idFrom;
-
- wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(id);
- if ( tool )
- return HandleTooltipNotify(code, lParam, tool->GetShortHelp());
-#else
- wxUnusedVar(lParam);
-#endif
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// toolbar geometry
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void wxToolBar::SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size)
-{
- wxToolBarBase::SetToolBitmapSize(size);
-
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETBITMAPSIZE, 0, MAKELONG(size.x, size.y));
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::SetRows(int nRows)
-{
- if ( nRows == m_maxRows )
- {
- // avoid resizing the frame uselessly
- return;
- }
-
- // TRUE in wParam means to create at least as many rows, FALSE -
- // at most as many
- RECT rect;
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETROWS,
- MAKEWPARAM(nRows, !(GetWindowStyle() & wxTB_VERTICAL)),
- (LPARAM) &rect);
-
- m_maxRows = nRows;
-
- UpdateSize();
-}
-
-// The button size is bigger than the bitmap size
-wxSize wxToolBar::GetToolSize() const
-{
- // TB_GETBUTTONSIZE is supported from version 4.70
-#if defined(_WIN32_IE) && (_WIN32_IE >= 0x300 ) \
- && !( defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 0 ) ) \
- && !defined (__DIGITALMARS__)
- if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 470 )
- {
- DWORD dw = ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETBUTTONSIZE, 0, 0);
-
- return wxSize(LOWORD(dw), HIWORD(dw));
- }
- else
-#endif // comctl32.dll 4.70+
- {
- // defaults
- return wxSize(m_defaultWidth + 8, m_defaultHeight + 7);
- }
-}
-
-static
-wxToolBarToolBase *GetItemSkippingDummySpacers(const wxToolBarToolsList& tools,
- size_t index )
-{
- wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator current = tools.GetFirst();
-
- for ( ; current ; current = current->GetNext() )
- {
- if ( index == 0 )
- return current->GetData();
-
- wxToolBarTool *tool = (wxToolBarTool *)current->GetData();
- size_t separators = tool->GetSeparatorsCount();
-
- // if it is a normal button, sepcount == 0, so skip 1 item (the button)
- // otherwise, skip as many items as the separator count, plus the
- // control itself
- index -= separators ? separators + 1 : 1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBar::FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const
-{
- POINT pt;
- pt.x = x;
- pt.y = y;
- int index = (int)::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)&pt);
-
- // MBN: when the point ( x, y ) is close to the toolbar border
- // TB_HITTEST returns m_nButtons ( not -1 )
- if ( index < 0 || (size_t)index >= m_nButtons )
- // it's a separator or there is no tool at all there
- return (wxToolBarToolBase *)NULL;
-
- // when TB_SETBUTTONINFO is available (both during compile- and run-time),
- // we don't use the dummy separators hack
-#ifdef TB_SETBUTTONINFO
- if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 471 )
- {
- return m_tools.Item((size_t)index)->GetData();
- }
- else
-#endif // TB_SETBUTTONINFO
- {
- return GetItemSkippingDummySpacers( m_tools, (size_t) index );
- }
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::UpdateSize()
-{
- wxPoint pos = GetPosition();
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_AUTOSIZE, 0, 0);
- if (pos != GetPosition())
- Move(pos);
-
- // In case Realize is called after the initial display (IOW the programmer
- // may have rebuilt the toolbar) give the frame the option of resizing the
- // toolbar to full width again, but only if the parent is a frame and the
- // toolbar is managed by the frame. Otherwise assume that some other
- // layout mechanism is controlling the toolbar size and leave it alone.
- wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame);
- if ( frame && frame->GetToolBar() == this )
- {
- frame->SendSizeEvent();
- }
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// toolbar styles
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the TBSTYLE of the given toolbar window
-long wxToolBar::GetMSWToolbarStyle() const
-{
- return ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETSTYLE, 0, 0L);
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::SetWindowStyleFlag(long style)
-{
- // the style bits whose changes force us to recreate the toolbar
- static const long MASK_NEEDS_RECREATE = wxTB_TEXT | wxTB_NOICONS;
-
- const long styleOld = GetWindowStyle();
-
- wxToolBarBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(style);
-
- // don't recreate an empty toolbar: not only this is unnecessary, but it is
- // also fatal as we'd then try to recreate the toolbar when it's just being
- // created
- if ( GetToolsCount() &&
- (style & MASK_NEEDS_RECREATE) != (styleOld & MASK_NEEDS_RECREATE) )
- {
- // to remove the text labels, simply re-realizing the toolbar is enough
- // but I don't know of any way to add the text to an existing toolbar
- // other than by recreating it entirely
- Recreate();
- }
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// tool state
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void wxToolBar::DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable)
-{
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_ENABLEBUTTON,
- (WPARAM)tool->GetId(), (LPARAM)MAKELONG(enable, 0));
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle)
-{
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_CHECKBUTTON,
- (WPARAM)tool->GetId(), (LPARAM)MAKELONG(toggle, 0));
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *WXUNUSED(tool), bool WXUNUSED(toggle))
-{
- // VZ: AFAIK, the button has to be created either with TBSTYLE_CHECK or
- // without, so we really need to delete the button and recreate it here
- wxFAIL_MSG( _T("not implemented") );
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::SetToolNormalBitmap( int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap )
-{
- wxToolBarTool* tool = wx_static_cast(wxToolBarTool*, FindById(id));
- if ( tool )
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( tool->IsButton(), wxT("Can only set bitmap on button tools."));
-
- tool->SetNormalBitmap(bitmap);
- Realize();
- }
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::SetToolDisabledBitmap( int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap )
-{
- wxToolBarTool* tool = wx_static_cast(wxToolBarTool*, FindById(id));
- if ( tool )
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( tool->IsButton(), wxT("Can only set bitmap on button tools."));
-
- tool->SetDisabledBitmap(bitmap);
- Realize();
- }
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event handlers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Responds to colour changes, and passes event on to children.
-void wxToolBar::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
-{
- wxRGBToColour(m_backgroundColour, ::GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE));
-
- // Remap the buttons
- Realize();
-
- // Relayout the toolbar
- int nrows = m_maxRows;
- m_maxRows = 0; // otherwise SetRows() wouldn't do anything
- SetRows(nrows);
-
- Refresh();
-
- // let the event propagate further
- event.Skip();
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
-{
- if ( event.Leaving() )
- {
- if ( m_pInTool )
- {
- OnMouseEnter(wxID_ANY);
- m_pInTool = NULL;
- }
-
- event.Skip();
- return;
- }
-
- if ( event.RightDown() )
- {
- // find the tool under the mouse
- wxCoord x = 0, y = 0;
- event.GetPosition(&x, &y);
-
- wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindToolForPosition(x, y);
- OnRightClick(tool ? tool->GetId() : -1, x, y);
- }
- else
- {
- event.Skip();
- }
-}
-
-// This handler is required to allow the toolbar to be set to a non-default
-// colour: for example, when it must blend in with a notebook page.
-void wxToolBar::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
-{
- RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd());
-
- wxDC *dc = event.GetDC();
- if (!dc) return;
- wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc->GetImpl();
- HDC hdc = GetHdcOf(*impl);
-
- int majorVersion, minorVersion;
- wxGetOsVersion(& majorVersion, & minorVersion);
-
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
- // we may need to draw themed colour so that we appear correctly on
- // e.g. notebook page under XP with themes but only do it if the parent
- // draws themed background itself
- if ( !UseBgCol() && !GetParent()->UseBgCol() )
- {
- wxUxThemeEngine *theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive();
- if ( theme )
- {
- HRESULT
- hr = theme->DrawThemeParentBackground(GetHwnd(), hdc, &rect);
- if ( hr == S_OK )
- return;
-
- // it can also return S_FALSE which seems to simply say that it
- // didn't draw anything but no error really occurred
- if ( FAILED(hr) )
- wxLogApiError(_T("DrawThemeParentBackground(toolbar)"), hr);
- }
- }
-
- // Only draw a rebar theme on Vista, since it doesn't jive so well with XP
- if ( !UseBgCol() && majorVersion >= 6 )
- {
- wxUxThemeEngine *theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive();
- if ( theme )
- {
- wxUxThemeHandle hTheme(this, L"REBAR");
-
- RECT r;
- wxRect rect = GetClientRect();
- wxCopyRectToRECT(rect, r);
-
- HRESULT hr = theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, hdc, 0, 0, & r, NULL);
- if ( hr == S_OK )
- return;
-
- // it can also return S_FALSE which seems to simply say that it
- // didn't draw anything but no error really occurred
- if ( FAILED(hr) )
- wxLogApiError(_T("DrawThemeParentBackground(toolbar)"), hr);
- }
- }
-
-#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME
-
- // we need to always draw our background under XP, as otherwise it doesn't
- // appear correctly with some themes (e.g. Zune one)
- if ( majorVersion == 5 ||
- UseBgCol() || (GetMSWToolbarStyle() & TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT) )
- {
- // do draw our background
- //
- // notice that this 'dumb' implementation may cause flicker for some of
- // the controls in which case they should intercept wxEraseEvent and
- // process it themselves somehow
- AutoHBRUSH hBrush(wxColourToRGB(GetBackgroundColour()));
-
- wxCHANGE_HDC_MAP_MODE(hdc, MM_TEXT);
- ::FillRect(hdc, &rect, hBrush);
- }
- else // we have no non default background colour
- {
- // let the system do it for us
- event.Skip();
- }
-}
-
-bool wxToolBar::HandleSize(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam), WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
- // calculate our minor dimension ourselves - we're confusing the standard
- // logic (TB_AUTOSIZE) with our horizontal toolbars and other hacks
- RECT r;
- if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETITEMRECT, 0, (LPARAM)&r) )
- {
- int w, h;
-
- if ( IsVertical() )
- {
- w = r.right - r.left;
- if ( m_maxRows )
- {
- w *= (m_nButtons + m_maxRows - 1)/m_maxRows;
- }
- h = HIWORD(lParam);
- }
- else
- {
- w = LOWORD(lParam);
- if (HasFlag( wxTB_FLAT ))
- h = r.bottom - r.top - 3;
- else
- h = r.bottom - r.top;
- if ( m_maxRows )
- {
- // FIXME: hardcoded separator line height...
- h += HasFlag(wxTB_NODIVIDER) ? 4 : 6;
- h *= m_maxRows;
- }
- }
-
- if ( MAKELPARAM(w, h) != lParam )
- {
- // size really changed
- SetSize(w, h);
- }
-
- // message processed
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool wxToolBar::HandlePaint(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
- // erase any dummy separators which were used
- // for aligning the controls if any here
-
- // first of all, are there any controls at all?
- wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node;
- for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
- {
- if ( node->GetData()->IsControl() )
- break;
- }
-
- if ( !node )
- // no controls, nothing to erase
- return false;
-
- wxSize clientSize = GetClientSize();
- int majorVersion, minorVersion;
- wxGetOsVersion(& majorVersion, & minorVersion);
-
- // prepare the DC on which we'll be drawing
- wxClientDC dc(this);
- dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
- dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
-
- RECT r;
- if ( !::GetUpdateRect(GetHwnd(), &r, FALSE) )
- // nothing to redraw anyhow
- return false;
-
- wxRect rectUpdate;
- wxCopyRECTToRect(r, rectUpdate);
-
- dc.SetClippingRegion(rectUpdate);
-
- // draw the toolbar tools, separators &c normally
- wxControl::MSWWindowProc(WM_PAINT, wParam, lParam);
-
- // for each control in the toolbar find all the separators intersecting it
- // and erase them
- //
- // NB: this is really the only way to do it as we don't know if a separator
- // corresponds to a control (i.e. is a dummy one) or a real one
- // otherwise
- for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
- {
- wxToolBarTool *tool = (wxToolBarTool*)node->GetData();
- if ( tool->IsControl() )
- {
- // get the control rect in our client coords
- wxControl *control = tool->GetControl();
- wxStaticText *staticText = tool->GetStaticText();
- wxRect rectCtrl = control->GetRect();
- wxRect rectStaticText(0,0,0,0);
- if ( staticText )
- {
- rectStaticText = staticText->GetRect();
- }
-
- // iterate over all buttons
- TBBUTTON tbb;
- int count = ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0, 0);
- for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ )
- {
- // is it a separator?
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETBUTTON,
- n, (LPARAM)&tbb) )
- {
- wxLogDebug(_T("TB_GETBUTTON failed?"));
-
- continue;
- }
-
- if ( tbb.fsStyle != TBSTYLE_SEP )
- continue;
-
- // get the bounding rect of the separator
- RECT r;
- if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETITEMRECT,
- n, (LPARAM)&r) )
- {
- wxLogDebug(_T("TB_GETITEMRECT failed?"));
-
- continue;
- }
-
- // does it intersect the control?
- wxRect rectItem;
- wxCopyRECTToRect(r, rectItem);
- if ( rectCtrl.Intersects(rectItem) || (staticText && rectStaticText.Intersects(rectItem)))
- {
- // yes, do erase it!
-
- bool haveRefreshed = false;
-
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
- if ( !UseBgCol() && !GetParent()->UseBgCol() )
- {
- // Don't use DrawThemeBackground
- }
- else if ( !UseBgCol() && majorVersion >= 6 )
- {
- wxUxThemeEngine *theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive();
- if ( theme )
- {
- wxUxThemeHandle hTheme(this, L"REBAR");
-
- RECT clipRect = r;
-
- // Draw the whole background since the pattern may be position sensitive;
- // but clip it to the area of interest.
- r.left = 0;
- r.right = clientSize.x;
- r.top = 0;
- r.bottom = clientSize.y;
-
- wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl();
- HRESULT hr = theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), 0, 0, & r, & clipRect);
- if ( hr == S_OK )
- haveRefreshed = true;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- if (!haveRefreshed)
- dc.DrawRectangle(rectItem);
- }
-
- if ( rectCtrl.Intersects(rectItem) )
- {
- // Necessary in case we use a no-paint-on-size
- // style in the parent: the controls can disappear
- control->Refresh(false);
- }
-
- if ( staticText && rectStaticText.Intersects(rectItem) )
- {
- // Necessary in case we use a no-paint-on-size
- // style in the parent: the controls can disappear
- staticText->Refresh(false);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void wxToolBar::HandleMouseMove(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam), WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
- wxCoord x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
- y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
- wxToolBarToolBase* tool = FindToolForPosition( x, y );
-
- // has the current tool changed?
- if ( tool != m_pInTool )
- {
- m_pInTool = tool;
- OnMouseEnter(tool ? tool->GetId() : wxID_ANY);
- }
-}
-
-WXLRESULT wxToolBar::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
- switch ( nMsg )
- {
- case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
- // we don't handle mouse moves, so always pass the message to
- // wxControl::MSWWindowProc (HandleMouseMove just calls OnMouseEnter)
- HandleMouseMove(wParam, lParam);
- break;
-
- case WM_SIZE:
- if ( HandleSize(wParam, lParam) )
- return 0;
- break;
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
- case WM_PAINT:
- if ( HandlePaint(wParam, lParam) )
- return 0;
-#endif
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return wxControl::MSWWindowProc(nMsg, wParam, lParam);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// private functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
-
-WXHBITMAP wxToolBar::MapBitmap(WXHBITMAP bitmap, int width, int height)
-{
- MemoryHDC hdcMem;
-
- if ( !hdcMem )
- {
- wxLogLastError(_T("CreateCompatibleDC"));
-
- return bitmap;
- }
-
- SelectInHDC bmpInHDC(hdcMem, (HBITMAP)bitmap);
-
- if ( !bmpInHDC )
- {
- wxLogLastError(_T("SelectObject"));
-
- return bitmap;
- }
-
- wxCOLORMAP *cmap = wxGetStdColourMap();
-
- for ( int i = 0; i < width; i++ )
- {
- for ( int j = 0; j < height; j++ )
- {
- COLORREF pixel = ::GetPixel(hdcMem, i, j);
-
- for ( size_t k = 0; k < wxSTD_COL_MAX; k++ )
- {
- COLORREF col = cmap[k].from;
- if ( abs(GetRValue(pixel) - GetRValue(col)) < 10 &&
- abs(GetGValue(pixel) - GetGValue(col)) < 10 &&
- abs(GetBValue(pixel) - GetBValue(col)) < 10 )
- {
- if ( cmap[k].to != pixel )
- ::SetPixel(hdcMem, i, j, cmap[k].to);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return bitmap;
-}
-
-#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: src/msw/toolbar.cpp
+// Purpose: wxToolBar
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04/01/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// ============================================================================
+// declarations
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
+#include "wx/wxprec.h"
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+ #pragma hdrstop
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR && wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
+
+#include "wx/toolbar.h"
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+ #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
+ #include "wx/dynarray.h"
+ #include "wx/frame.h"
+ #include "wx/log.h"
+ #include "wx/intl.h"
+ #include "wx/settings.h"
+ #include "wx/bitmap.h"
+ #include "wx/dcmemory.h"
+ #include "wx/control.h"
+ #include "wx/app.h" // for GetComCtl32Version
+ #include "wx/image.h"
+ #include "wx/stattext.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/sysopt.h"
+#include "wx/dcclient.h"
+
+#include "wx/msw/private.h"
+#include "wx/msw/dc.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+#include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h"
+#endif
+
+// this define controls whether the code for button colours remapping (only
+// useful for 16 or 256 colour images) is active at all, it's always turned off
+// for CE where it doesn't compile (and is probably not needed anyhow) and may
+// also be turned off for other systems if you always use 24bpp images and so
+// never need it
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+ #define wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// these standard constants are not always defined in compilers headers
+
+// Styles
+#ifndef TBSTYLE_FLAT
+ #define TBSTYLE_LIST 0x1000
+ #define TBSTYLE_FLAT 0x0800
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT
+ #define TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT 0x8000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS
+ #define TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS 0x0100
+#endif
+
+// Messages
+#ifndef TB_GETSTYLE
+ #define TB_SETSTYLE (WM_USER + 56)
+ #define TB_GETSTYLE (WM_USER + 57)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TB_HITTEST
+ #define TB_HITTEST (WM_USER + 69)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TB_GETMAXSIZE
+ #define TB_GETMAXSIZE (WM_USER + 83)
+#endif
+
+// these values correspond to those used by comctl32.dll
+#define DEFAULTBITMAPX 16
+#define DEFAULTBITMAPY 15
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWin macros
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar, wxControl)
+
+/*
+ TOOLBAR PROPERTIES
+ tool
+ bitmap
+ bitmap2
+ tooltip
+ longhelp
+ radio (bool)
+ toggle (bool)
+ separator
+ style ( wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL)
+ bitmapsize
+ margins
+ packing
+ separation
+
+ dontattachtoframe
+*/
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxToolBar, wxToolBarBase)
+ EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxToolBar::OnMouseEvent)
+ EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxToolBar::OnSysColourChanged)
+ EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxToolBar::OnEraseBackground)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// private classes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxToolBarTool : public wxToolBarToolBase
+{
+public:
+ wxToolBarTool(wxToolBar *tbar,
+ int id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
+ const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
+ wxItemKind kind,
+ wxObject *clientData,
+ const wxString& shortHelp,
+ const wxString& longHelp)
+ : wxToolBarToolBase(tbar, id, label, bmpNormal, bmpDisabled, kind,
+ clientData, shortHelp, longHelp)
+ {
+ m_nSepCount = 0;
+ m_staticText = 0;
+ }
+
+ wxToolBarTool(wxToolBar *tbar, wxControl *control, const wxString& label)
+ : wxToolBarToolBase(tbar, control, label)
+ {
+ if ( IsControl() && !m_label.empty() )
+ {
+ // create a control to render the control's label
+ m_staticText = new wxStaticText
+ (
+ m_tbar,
+ wxID_ANY,
+ m_label,
+ wxDefaultPosition,
+ wxDefaultSize,
+ wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxST_NO_AUTORESIZE
+ );
+ }
+ else // no label
+ {
+ m_staticText = NULL;
+ }
+
+ m_nSepCount = 1;
+ }
+
+ virtual ~wxToolBarTool()
+ {
+ delete m_staticText;
+ }
+
+ virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label)
+ {
+ if ( label == m_label )
+ return;
+
+ wxToolBarToolBase::SetLabel(label);
+
+ if ( m_staticText )
+ m_staticText->SetLabel(label);
+
+ // we need to update the label shown in the toolbar because it has a
+ // pointer to the internal buffer of the old label
+ //
+ // TODO: use TB_SETBUTTONINFO
+ }
+
+ wxStaticText* GetStaticText()
+ {
+ wxASSERT_MSG( IsControl(),
+ _T("only makes sense for embedded control tools") );
+
+ return m_staticText;
+ }
+
+ // set/get the number of separators which we use to cover the space used by
+ // a control in the toolbar
+ void SetSeparatorsCount(size_t count) { m_nSepCount = count; }
+ size_t GetSeparatorsCount() const { return m_nSepCount; }
+
+private:
+ size_t m_nSepCount;
+ wxStaticText *m_staticText;
+
+ DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBarTool)
+};
+
+// ============================================================================
+// implementation
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxToolBarTool
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBar::CreateTool(int id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
+ const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
+ wxItemKind kind,
+ wxObject *clientData,
+ const wxString& shortHelp,
+ const wxString& longHelp)
+{
+ return new wxToolBarTool(this, id, label, bmpNormal, bmpDisabled, kind,
+ clientData, shortHelp, longHelp);
+}
+
+wxToolBarToolBase *
+wxToolBar::CreateTool(wxControl *control, const wxString& label)
+{
+ return new wxToolBarTool(this, control, label);
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxToolBar construction
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxToolBar::Init()
+{
+ m_hBitmap = 0;
+ m_disabledImgList = NULL;
+
+ m_nButtons = 0;
+
+ m_defaultWidth = DEFAULTBITMAPX;
+ m_defaultHeight = DEFAULTBITMAPY;
+
+ m_pInTool = NULL;
+}
+
+bool wxToolBar::Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ // common initialisation
+ if ( !CreateControl(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )
+ return false;
+
+ FixupStyle();
+
+ // MSW-specific initialisation
+ if ( !MSWCreateToolbar(pos, size) )
+ return false;
+
+ wxSetCCUnicodeFormat(GetHwnd());
+
+ // workaround for flat toolbar on Windows XP classic style: we have to set
+ // the style after creating the control; doing it at creation time doesn't work
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+ if ( style & wxTB_FLAT )
+ {
+ LRESULT style = GetMSWToolbarStyle();
+
+ if ( !(style & TBSTYLE_FLAT) )
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETSTYLE, 0, style | TBSTYLE_FLAT);
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool wxToolBar::MSWCreateToolbar(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size)
+{
+ if ( !MSWCreateControl(TOOLBARCLASSNAME, wxEmptyString, pos, size) )
+ return false;
+
+ // toolbar-specific post initialisation
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE, sizeof(TBBUTTON), 0);
+
+#ifdef TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE
+ if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 471 )
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, TBSTYLE_EX_DRAWDDARROWS);
+#endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::Recreate()
+{
+ const HWND hwndOld = GetHwnd();
+ if ( !hwndOld )
+ {
+ // we haven't been created yet, no need to recreate
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // get the position and size before unsubclassing the old toolbar
+ const wxPoint pos = GetPosition();
+ const wxSize size = GetSize();
+
+ UnsubclassWin();
+
+ if ( !MSWCreateToolbar(pos, size) )
+ {
+ // what can we do?
+ wxFAIL_MSG( _T("recreating the toolbar failed") );
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // reparent all our children under the new toolbar
+ for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
+ node;
+ node = node->GetNext() )
+ {
+ wxWindow *win = node->GetData();
+ if ( !win->IsTopLevel() )
+ ::SetParent(GetHwndOf(win), GetHwnd());
+ }
+
+ // only destroy the old toolbar now --
+ // after all the children had been reparented
+ ::DestroyWindow(hwndOld);
+
+ // it is for the old bitmap control and can't be used with the new one
+ if ( m_hBitmap )
+ {
+ ::DeleteObject((HBITMAP) m_hBitmap);
+ m_hBitmap = 0;
+ }
+
+ if ( m_disabledImgList )
+ {
+ delete m_disabledImgList;
+ m_disabledImgList = NULL;
+ }
+
+ Realize();
+}
+
+wxToolBar::~wxToolBar()
+{
+ // we must refresh the frame size when the toolbar is deleted but the frame
+ // is not - otherwise toolbar leaves a hole in the place it used to occupy
+ wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame);
+ if ( frame && !frame->IsBeingDeleted() )
+ frame->SendSizeEvent();
+
+ if ( m_hBitmap )
+ ::DeleteObject((HBITMAP) m_hBitmap);
+
+ delete m_disabledImgList;
+}
+
+wxSize wxToolBar::DoGetBestSize() const
+{
+ wxSize sizeBest;
+
+ SIZE size;
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETMAXSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)&size) )
+ {
+ // maybe an old (< 0x400) Windows version? try to approximate the
+ // toolbar size ourselves
+ sizeBest = GetToolSize();
+ sizeBest.y += 2 * ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER); // Add borders
+ sizeBest.x *= GetToolsCount();
+
+ // reverse horz and vertical components if necessary
+ if ( IsVertical() )
+ {
+ int t = sizeBest.x;
+ sizeBest.x = sizeBest.y;
+ sizeBest.y = t;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sizeBest.x = size.cx;
+ sizeBest.y = size.cy;
+ }
+
+ if (!IsVertical())
+ {
+ // Without the extra height, DoGetBestSize can report a size that's
+ // smaller than the actual window, causing windows to overlap slightly
+ // in some circumstances, leading to missing borders (especially noticeable
+ // in AUI layouts).
+ if (!(GetWindowStyle() & wxTB_NODIVIDER))
+ sizeBest.y += 2;
+ sizeBest.y ++;
+ }
+
+ CacheBestSize(sizeBest);
+
+ return sizeBest;
+}
+
+WXDWORD wxToolBar::MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
+{
+ // toolbars never have border, giving one to them results in broken
+ // appearance
+ WXDWORD msStyle = wxControl::MSWGetStyle
+ (
+ (style & ~wxBORDER_MASK) | wxBORDER_NONE, exstyle
+ );
+
+ if ( !(style & wxTB_NO_TOOLTIPS) )
+ msStyle |= TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS;
+
+ if ( style & (wxTB_FLAT | wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT) )
+ {
+ // static as it doesn't change during the program lifetime
+ static const int s_verComCtl = wxApp::GetComCtl32Version();
+
+ // comctl32.dll 4.00 doesn't support the flat toolbars and using this
+ // style with 6.00 (part of Windows XP) leads to the toolbar with
+ // incorrect background colour - and not using it still results in the
+ // correct (flat) toolbar, so don't use it there
+ if ( s_verComCtl > 400 && s_verComCtl < 600 )
+ msStyle |= TBSTYLE_FLAT | TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT;
+
+ if ( s_verComCtl >= 470 && style & wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT )
+ msStyle |= TBSTYLE_LIST;
+ }
+
+ if ( style & wxTB_NODIVIDER )
+ msStyle |= CCS_NODIVIDER;
+
+ if ( style & wxTB_NOALIGN )
+ msStyle |= CCS_NOPARENTALIGN;
+
+ if ( style & wxTB_VERTICAL )
+ msStyle |= CCS_VERT;
+
+ if( style & wxTB_BOTTOM )
+ msStyle |= CCS_BOTTOM;
+
+ if ( style & wxTB_RIGHT )
+ msStyle |= CCS_RIGHT;
+
+ return msStyle;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// adding/removing tools
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxToolBar::DoInsertTool(size_t WXUNUSED(pos), wxToolBarToolBase *tool)
+{
+ // nothing special to do here - we really create the toolbar buttons in
+ // Realize() later
+ tool->Attach(this);
+
+ InvalidateBestSize();
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool wxToolBar::DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool)
+{
+ // the main difficulty we have here is with the controls in the toolbars:
+ // as we (sometimes) use several separators to cover up the space used by
+ // them, the indices are not the same for us and the toolbar
+
+ // first determine the position of the first button to delete: it may be
+ // different from pos if we use several separators to cover the space used
+ // by a control
+ wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node;
+ for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
+ {
+ wxToolBarToolBase *tool2 = node->GetData();
+ if ( tool2 == tool )
+ {
+ // let node point to the next node in the list
+ node = node->GetNext();
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ( tool2->IsControl() )
+ pos += ((wxToolBarTool *)tool2)->GetSeparatorsCount() - 1;
+ }
+
+ // now determine the number of buttons to delete and the area taken by them
+ size_t nButtonsToDelete = 1;
+
+ // get the size of the button we're going to delete
+ RECT r;
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETITEMRECT, pos, (LPARAM)&r) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(_T("TB_GETITEMRECT"));
+ }
+
+ int width = r.right - r.left;
+
+ if ( tool->IsControl() )
+ {
+ nButtonsToDelete = ((wxToolBarTool *)tool)->GetSeparatorsCount();
+ width *= nButtonsToDelete;
+ tool->GetControl()->Destroy();
+ }
+
+ // do delete all buttons
+ m_nButtons -= nButtonsToDelete;
+ while ( nButtonsToDelete-- > 0 )
+ {
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_DELETEBUTTON, pos, 0) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON"));
+
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ tool->Detach();
+
+ // and finally reposition all the controls after this button (the toolbar
+ // takes care of all normal items)
+ for ( /* node -> first after deleted */ ; node; node = node->GetNext() )
+ {
+ wxToolBarTool *tool2 = (wxToolBarTool*)node->GetData();
+ if ( tool2->IsControl() )
+ {
+ int x;
+ wxControl *control = tool2->GetControl();
+ control->GetPosition(&x, NULL);
+ control->Move(x - width, wxDefaultCoord);
+
+ wxStaticText* staticText = tool2->GetStaticText();
+ staticText->Move(x - width, wxDefaultCoord);
+ }
+ }
+
+ InvalidateBestSize();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::CreateDisabledImageList()
+{
+ if (m_disabledImgList != NULL)
+ {
+ delete m_disabledImgList;
+ m_disabledImgList = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // as we can't use disabled image list with older versions of comctl32.dll,
+ // don't even bother creating it
+ if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 470 )
+ {
+ // search for the first disabled button img in the toolbar, if any
+ for ( wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator
+ node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
+ {
+ wxToolBarToolBase *tool = node->GetData();
+ wxBitmap bmpDisabled = tool->GetDisabledBitmap();
+ if ( bmpDisabled.Ok() )
+ {
+ m_disabledImgList = new wxImageList
+ (
+ m_defaultWidth,
+ m_defaultHeight,
+ bmpDisabled.GetMask() != NULL,
+ GetToolsCount()
+ );
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // we don't have any disabled bitmaps
+ }
+}
+
+bool wxToolBar::Realize()
+{
+ const size_t nTools = GetToolsCount();
+ if ( nTools == 0 )
+ // nothing to do
+ return true;
+
+#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+ // don't change the values of these constants, they can be set from the
+ // user code via wxSystemOptions
+ enum
+ {
+ Remap_None = -1,
+ Remap_Bg,
+ Remap_Buttons,
+ Remap_TransparentBg
+ };
+
+ // the user-specified option overrides anything, but if it wasn't set, only
+ // remap the buttons on 8bpp displays as otherwise the bitmaps usually look
+ // much worse after remapping
+ static const wxChar *remapOption = wxT("msw.remap");
+ const int remapValue = wxSystemOptions::HasOption(remapOption)
+ ? wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(remapOption)
+ : wxDisplayDepth() <= 8 ? Remap_Buttons
+ : Remap_None;
+
+#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+
+ // delete all old buttons, if any
+ for ( size_t pos = 0; pos < m_nButtons; pos++ )
+ {
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_DELETEBUTTON, 0, 0) )
+ {
+ wxLogDebug(wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON failed"));
+ }
+ }
+
+ // First, add the bitmap: we use one bitmap for all toolbar buttons
+ // ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node;
+ int bitmapId = 0;
+
+ wxSize sizeBmp;
+ if ( HasFlag(wxTB_NOICONS) )
+ {
+ // no icons, don't leave space for them
+ sizeBmp.x =
+ sizeBmp.y = 0;
+ }
+ else // do show icons
+ {
+ // if we already have a bitmap, we'll replace the existing one --
+ // otherwise we'll install a new one
+ HBITMAP oldToolBarBitmap = (HBITMAP)m_hBitmap;
+
+ sizeBmp.x = m_defaultWidth;
+ sizeBmp.y = m_defaultHeight;
+
+ const wxCoord totalBitmapWidth = m_defaultWidth *
+ wx_truncate_cast(wxCoord, nTools),
+ totalBitmapHeight = m_defaultHeight;
+
+ // Create a bitmap and copy all the tool bitmaps into it
+ wxMemoryDC dcAllButtons;
+ wxBitmap bitmap(totalBitmapWidth, totalBitmapHeight);
+ dcAllButtons.SelectObject(bitmap);
+
+#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+ if ( remapValue != Remap_TransparentBg )
+#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+ {
+ // VZ: why do we hardcode grey colour for CE?
+ dcAllButtons.SetBackground(wxBrush(
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+ wxColour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0)
+#else // !__WXWINCE__
+ GetBackgroundColour()
+#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
+ ));
+ dcAllButtons.Clear();
+ }
+
+ m_hBitmap = bitmap.GetHBITMAP();
+ HBITMAP hBitmap = (HBITMAP)m_hBitmap;
+
+#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+ if ( remapValue == Remap_Bg )
+ {
+ dcAllButtons.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
+
+ // Even if we're not remapping the bitmap
+ // content, we still have to remap the background.
+ hBitmap = (HBITMAP)MapBitmap((WXHBITMAP) hBitmap,
+ totalBitmapWidth, totalBitmapHeight);
+
+ dcAllButtons.SelectObject(bitmap);
+ }
+#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+
+ // the button position
+ wxCoord x = 0;
+
+ // the number of buttons (not separators)
+ int nButtons = 0;
+
+ CreateDisabledImageList();
+ for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
+ {
+ wxToolBarToolBase *tool = node->GetData();
+ if ( tool->IsButton() )
+ {
+ const wxBitmap& bmp = tool->GetNormalBitmap();
+
+ const int w = bmp.GetWidth();
+ const int h = bmp.GetHeight();
+
+ if ( bmp.Ok() )
+ {
+ int xOffset = wxMax(0, (m_defaultWidth - w)/2);
+ int yOffset = wxMax(0, (m_defaultHeight - h)/2);
+
+ // notice the last parameter: do use mask
+ dcAllButtons.DrawBitmap(bmp, x + xOffset, yOffset, true);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid tool button bitmap") );
+ }
+
+ // also deal with disabled bitmap if we want to use them
+ if ( m_disabledImgList )
+ {
+ wxBitmap bmpDisabled = tool->GetDisabledBitmap();
+#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_WXDIB
+ if ( !bmpDisabled.Ok() )
+ {
+ // no disabled bitmap specified but we still need to
+ // fill the space in the image list with something, so
+ // we grey out the normal bitmap
+ wxImage
+ imgGreyed = bmp.ConvertToImage().ConvertToGreyscale();
+
+#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+ if ( remapValue == Remap_Buttons )
+ {
+ // we need to have light grey background colour for
+ // MapBitmap() to work correctly
+ for ( int y = 0; y < h; y++ )
+ {
+ for ( int x = 0; x < w; x++ )
+ {
+ if ( imgGreyed.IsTransparent(x, y) )
+ imgGreyed.SetRGB(x, y,
+ wxLIGHT_GREY->Red(),
+ wxLIGHT_GREY->Green(),
+ wxLIGHT_GREY->Blue());
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+
+ bmpDisabled = wxBitmap(imgGreyed);
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
+
+#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+ if ( remapValue == Remap_Buttons )
+ MapBitmap(bmpDisabled.GetHBITMAP(), w, h);
+#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+
+ m_disabledImgList->Add(bmpDisabled);
+ }
+
+ // still inc width and number of buttons because otherwise the
+ // subsequent buttons will all be shifted which is rather confusing
+ // (and like this you'd see immediately which bitmap was bad)
+ x += m_defaultWidth;
+ nButtons++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dcAllButtons.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
+
+ // don't delete this HBITMAP!
+ bitmap.SetHBITMAP(0);
+
+#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+ if ( remapValue == Remap_Buttons )
+ {
+ // Map to system colours
+ hBitmap = (HBITMAP)MapBitmap((WXHBITMAP) hBitmap,
+ totalBitmapWidth, totalBitmapHeight);
+ }
+#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+
+ bool addBitmap = true;
+
+ if ( oldToolBarBitmap )
+ {
+#ifdef TB_REPLACEBITMAP
+ if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 400 )
+ {
+ TBREPLACEBITMAP replaceBitmap;
+ replaceBitmap.hInstOld = NULL;
+ replaceBitmap.hInstNew = NULL;
+ replaceBitmap.nIDOld = (UINT_PTR)oldToolBarBitmap;
+ replaceBitmap.nIDNew = (UINT_PTR)hBitmap;
+ replaceBitmap.nButtons = nButtons;
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_REPLACEBITMAP,
+ 0, (LPARAM) &replaceBitmap) )
+ {
+ wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not replace the old bitmap"));
+ }
+
+ ::DeleteObject(oldToolBarBitmap);
+
+ // already done
+ addBitmap = false;
+ }
+ else
+#endif // TB_REPLACEBITMAP
+ {
+ // we can't replace the old bitmap, so we will add another one
+ // (awfully inefficient, but what else to do?) and shift the bitmap
+ // indices accordingly
+ addBitmap = true;
+
+ bitmapId = m_nButtons;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( addBitmap ) // no old bitmap or we can't replace it
+ {
+ TBADDBITMAP addBitmap;
+ addBitmap.hInst = 0;
+ addBitmap.nID = (UINT_PTR)hBitmap;
+ if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_ADDBITMAP,
+ (WPARAM) nButtons, (LPARAM)&addBitmap) == -1 )
+ {
+ wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not add bitmap to toolbar"));
+ }
+ }
+
+ // disable image lists are only supported in comctl32.dll 4.70+
+ if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 470 )
+ {
+ HIMAGELIST hil = m_disabledImgList
+ ? GetHimagelistOf(m_disabledImgList)
+ : 0;
+
+ // notice that we set the image list even if don't have one right
+ // now as we could have it before and need to reset it in this case
+ HIMAGELIST oldImageList = (HIMAGELIST)
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)hil);
+
+ // delete previous image list if any
+ if ( oldImageList )
+ ::DeleteObject(oldImageList);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // don't call SetToolBitmapSize() as we don't want to change the values of
+ // m_defaultWidth/Height
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETBITMAPSIZE, 0,
+ MAKELONG(sizeBmp.x, sizeBmp.y)) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(_T("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE"));
+ }
+
+ // Next add the buttons and separators
+ // -----------------------------------
+
+ TBBUTTON *buttons = new TBBUTTON[nTools];
+
+ // this array will hold the indices of all controls in the toolbar
+ wxArrayInt controlIds;
+
+ bool lastWasRadio = false;
+ int i = 0;
+ for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
+ {
+ wxToolBarToolBase *tool = node->GetData();
+
+ // don't add separators to the vertical toolbar with old comctl32.dll
+ // versions as they didn't handle this properly
+ if ( IsVertical() && tool->IsSeparator() &&
+ wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() <= 472 )
+ {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ TBBUTTON& button = buttons[i];
+
+ wxZeroMemory(button);
+
+ bool isRadio = false;
+ switch ( tool->GetStyle() )
+ {
+ case wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL:
+ button.idCommand = tool->GetId();
+ // fall through: create just a separator too
+
+ case wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR:
+ button.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED;
+ button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP;
+ break;
+
+ case wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON:
+ if ( !HasFlag(wxTB_NOICONS) )
+ button.iBitmap = bitmapId;
+
+ if ( HasFlag(wxTB_TEXT) )
+ {
+ const wxString& label = tool->GetLabel();
+ if ( !label.empty() )
+ button.iString = (INT_PTR)label.wx_str();
+ }
+
+ button.idCommand = tool->GetId();
+
+ if ( tool->IsEnabled() )
+ button.fsState |= TBSTATE_ENABLED;
+ if ( tool->IsToggled() )
+ button.fsState |= TBSTATE_CHECKED;
+
+ switch ( tool->GetKind() )
+ {
+ case wxITEM_RADIO:
+ button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP;
+
+ if ( !lastWasRadio )
+ {
+ // the first item in the radio group is checked by
+ // default to be consistent with wxGTK and the menu
+ // radio items
+ button.fsState |= TBSTATE_CHECKED;
+
+ if (tool->Toggle(true))
+ {
+ DoToggleTool(tool, true);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ( tool->IsToggled() )
+ {
+ wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator nodePrev = node->GetPrevious();
+ int prevIndex = i - 1;
+ while ( nodePrev )
+ {
+ TBBUTTON& prevButton = buttons[prevIndex];
+ wxToolBarToolBase *tool = nodePrev->GetData();
+ if ( !tool->IsButton() || tool->GetKind() != wxITEM_RADIO )
+ break;
+
+ if ( tool->Toggle(false) )
+ DoToggleTool(tool, false);
+
+ prevButton.fsState &= ~TBSTATE_CHECKED;
+ nodePrev = nodePrev->GetPrevious();
+ prevIndex--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ isRadio = true;
+ break;
+
+ case wxITEM_CHECK:
+ button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_CHECK;
+ break;
+
+ case wxITEM_NORMAL:
+ button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON;
+ break;
+
+ case wxITEM_DROPDOWN:
+ button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected toolbar button kind") );
+ button.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ bitmapId++;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ lastWasRadio = isRadio;
+
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_ADDBUTTONS, (WPARAM)i, (LPARAM)buttons) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS"));
+ }
+
+ delete [] buttons;
+
+ // Deal with the controls finally
+ // ------------------------------
+
+ // adjust the controls size to fit nicely in the toolbar
+ int y = 0;
+ size_t index = 0;
+ for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext(), index++ )
+ {
+ wxToolBarTool *tool = (wxToolBarTool*)node->GetData();
+
+ // we calculate the running y coord for vertical toolbars so we need to
+ // get the items size for all items but for the horizontal ones we
+ // don't need to deal with the non controls
+ bool isControl = tool->IsControl();
+ if ( !isControl && !IsVertical() )
+ continue;
+
+ // note that we use TB_GETITEMRECT and not TB_GETRECT because the
+ // latter only appeared in v4.70 of comctl32.dll
+ RECT r;
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETITEMRECT,
+ index, (LPARAM)(LPRECT)&r) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT"));
+ }
+
+ if ( !isControl )
+ {
+ // can only be control if isVertical
+ y += r.bottom - r.top;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ wxControl *control = tool->GetControl();
+ wxStaticText * const staticText = tool->GetStaticText();
+
+ wxSize size = control->GetSize();
+ wxSize staticTextSize;
+ if ( staticText )
+ {
+ staticTextSize = staticText->GetSize();
+ staticTextSize.y += 3; // margin between control and its label
+ }
+
+ // the position of the leftmost controls corner
+ int left = wxDefaultCoord;
+
+ // TB_SETBUTTONINFO message is only supported by comctl32.dll 4.71+
+#ifdef TB_SETBUTTONINFO
+ // available in headers, now check whether it is available now
+ // (during run-time)
+ if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 471 )
+ {
+ // set the (underlying) separators width to be that of the
+ // control
+ TBBUTTONINFO tbbi;
+ tbbi.cbSize = sizeof(tbbi);
+ tbbi.dwMask = TBIF_SIZE;
+ tbbi.cx = (WORD)size.x;
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETBUTTONINFO,
+ tool->GetId(), (LPARAM)&tbbi) )
+ {
+ // the id is probably invalid?
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("TB_SETBUTTONINFO"));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif // comctl32.dll 4.71
+ // TB_SETBUTTONINFO unavailable
+ {
+ // try adding several separators to fit the controls width
+ int widthSep = r.right - r.left;
+ left = r.left;
+
+ TBBUTTON tbb;
+ wxZeroMemory(tbb);
+ tbb.idCommand = 0;
+ tbb.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED;
+ tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP;
+
+ size_t nSeparators = size.x / widthSep;
+ for ( size_t nSep = 0; nSep < nSeparators; nSep++ )
+ {
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_INSERTBUTTON,
+ index, (LPARAM)&tbb) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON"));
+ }
+
+ index++;
+ }
+
+ // remember the number of separators we used - we'd have to
+ // delete all of them later
+ ((wxToolBarTool *)tool)->SetSeparatorsCount(nSeparators);
+
+ // adjust the controls width to exactly cover the separators
+ size.x = (nSeparators + 1)*widthSep;
+ control->SetSize(size.x, wxDefaultCoord);
+ }
+
+ // position the control itself correctly vertically centering it on the
+ // icon area of the toolbar
+ int height = r.bottom - r.top - staticTextSize.y;
+
+ int diff = height - size.y;
+ if ( diff < 0 || !HasFlag(wxTB_TEXT) )
+ {
+ // not enough room for the static text
+ if ( staticText )
+ staticText->Hide();
+
+ // recalculate height & diff without the staticText control
+ height = r.bottom - r.top;
+ diff = height - size.y;
+ if ( diff < 0 )
+ {
+ // the control is too high, resize to fit
+ control->SetSize(wxDefaultCoord, height - 2);
+
+ diff = 2;
+ }
+ }
+ else // enough space for both the control and the label
+ {
+ if ( staticText )
+ staticText->Show();
+ }
+
+ int top;
+ if ( IsVertical() )
+ {
+ left = 0;
+ top = y;
+
+ y += height + 2 * GetMargins().y;
+ }
+ else // horizontal toolbar
+ {
+ if ( left == wxDefaultCoord )
+ left = r.left;
+
+ top = r.top;
+ }
+
+ control->Move(left, top + (diff + 1) / 2);
+ if ( staticText )
+ {
+ staticText->Move(left + (size.x - staticTextSize.x)/2,
+ r.bottom - staticTextSize.y);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // the max index is the "real" number of buttons - i.e. counting even the
+ // separators which we added just for aligning the controls
+ m_nButtons = index;
+
+ if ( !IsVertical() )
+ {
+ if ( m_maxRows == 0 )
+ // if not set yet, only one row
+ SetRows(1);
+ }
+ else if ( m_nButtons > 0 ) // vertical non empty toolbar
+ {
+ // if not set yet, have one column
+ m_maxRows = 1;
+ SetRows(m_nButtons);
+ }
+
+ InvalidateBestSize();
+ UpdateSize();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// message handlers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxToolBar::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(cmd), WXWORD id_)
+{
+ // cast to signed is important as we compare this id with (signed) ints in
+ // FindById() and without the cast we'd get a positive int from a
+ // "negative" (i.e. > 32767) WORD
+ const int id = (signed short)id_;
+
+ wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(id);
+ if ( !tool )
+ return false;
+
+ bool toggled = false; // just to suppress warnings
+
+ if ( tool->CanBeToggled() )
+ {
+ LRESULT state = ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETSTATE, id, 0);
+ toggled = (state & TBSTATE_CHECKED) != 0;
+
+ // ignore the event when a radio button is released, as this doesn't
+ // seem to happen at all, and is handled otherwise
+ if ( tool->GetKind() == wxITEM_RADIO && !toggled )
+ return true;
+
+ tool->Toggle(toggled);
+ UnToggleRadioGroup(tool);
+ }
+
+ // OnLeftClick() can veto the button state change - for buttons which
+ // may be toggled only, of couse
+ if ( !OnLeftClick(id, toggled) && tool->CanBeToggled() )
+ {
+ // revert back
+ tool->Toggle(!toggled);
+
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_CHECKBUTTON, id, MAKELONG(!toggled, 0));
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool wxToolBar::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
+ WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXLPARAM *WXUNUSED(result))
+{
+ LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam;
+ if ( hdr->code == TBN_DROPDOWN )
+ {
+ LPNMTOOLBAR tbhdr = (LPNMTOOLBAR)lParam;
+
+ wxCommandEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, tbhdr->iItem);
+ if ( HandleWindowEvent(evt) )
+ {
+ // Event got handled, don't display default popup menu
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ const wxToolBarToolBase * const tool = FindById(tbhdr->iItem);
+ wxCHECK_MSG( tool, false, _T("drop down message for unknown tool") );
+
+ wxMenu * const menu = tool->GetDropdownMenu();
+ if ( !menu )
+ return false;
+
+ // Display popup menu below button
+ RECT r;
+ if (::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETITEMRECT, GetToolPos(tbhdr->iItem), (LPARAM)&r))
+ PopupMenu(menu, r.left, r.bottom);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+
+ if( !HasFlag(wxTB_NO_TOOLTIPS) )
+ {
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+ // First check if this applies to us
+
+ // the tooltips control created by the toolbar is sometimes Unicode, even
+ // in an ANSI application - this seems to be a bug in comctl32.dll v5
+ UINT code = hdr->code;
+ if ( (code != (UINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA) && (code != (UINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW) )
+ return false;
+
+ HWND toolTipWnd = (HWND)::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0);
+ if ( toolTipWnd != hdr->hwndFrom )
+ return false;
+
+ LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam;
+ int id = (int)ttText->hdr.idFrom;
+
+ wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(id);
+ if ( tool )
+ return HandleTooltipNotify(code, lParam, tool->GetShortHelp());
+#else
+ wxUnusedVar(lParam);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// toolbar geometry
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxToolBar::SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size)
+{
+ wxToolBarBase::SetToolBitmapSize(size);
+
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETBITMAPSIZE, 0, MAKELONG(size.x, size.y));
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::SetRows(int nRows)
+{
+ if ( nRows == m_maxRows )
+ {
+ // avoid resizing the frame uselessly
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // TRUE in wParam means to create at least as many rows, FALSE -
+ // at most as many
+ RECT rect;
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_SETROWS,
+ MAKEWPARAM(nRows, !(GetWindowStyle() & wxTB_VERTICAL)),
+ (LPARAM) &rect);
+
+ m_maxRows = nRows;
+
+ UpdateSize();
+}
+
+// The button size is bigger than the bitmap size
+wxSize wxToolBar::GetToolSize() const
+{
+ // TB_GETBUTTONSIZE is supported from version 4.70
+#if defined(_WIN32_IE) && (_WIN32_IE >= 0x300 ) \
+ && !( defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 0 ) ) \
+ && !defined (__DIGITALMARS__)
+ if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 470 )
+ {
+ DWORD dw = ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETBUTTONSIZE, 0, 0);
+
+ return wxSize(LOWORD(dw), HIWORD(dw));
+ }
+ else
+#endif // comctl32.dll 4.70+
+ {
+ // defaults
+ return wxSize(m_defaultWidth + 8, m_defaultHeight + 7);
+ }
+}
+
+static
+wxToolBarToolBase *GetItemSkippingDummySpacers(const wxToolBarToolsList& tools,
+ size_t index )
+{
+ wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator current = tools.GetFirst();
+
+ for ( ; current ; current = current->GetNext() )
+ {
+ if ( index == 0 )
+ return current->GetData();
+
+ wxToolBarTool *tool = (wxToolBarTool *)current->GetData();
+ size_t separators = tool->GetSeparatorsCount();
+
+ // if it is a normal button, sepcount == 0, so skip 1 item (the button)
+ // otherwise, skip as many items as the separator count, plus the
+ // control itself
+ index -= separators ? separators + 1 : 1;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBar::FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const
+{
+ POINT pt;
+ pt.x = x;
+ pt.y = y;
+ int index = (int)::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)&pt);
+
+ // MBN: when the point ( x, y ) is close to the toolbar border
+ // TB_HITTEST returns m_nButtons ( not -1 )
+ if ( index < 0 || (size_t)index >= m_nButtons )
+ // it's a separator or there is no tool at all there
+ return (wxToolBarToolBase *)NULL;
+
+ // when TB_SETBUTTONINFO is available (both during compile- and run-time),
+ // we don't use the dummy separators hack
+#ifdef TB_SETBUTTONINFO
+ if ( wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() >= 471 )
+ {
+ return m_tools.Item((size_t)index)->GetData();
+ }
+ else
+#endif // TB_SETBUTTONINFO
+ {
+ return GetItemSkippingDummySpacers( m_tools, (size_t) index );
+ }
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::UpdateSize()
+{
+ wxPoint pos = GetPosition();
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_AUTOSIZE, 0, 0);
+ if (pos != GetPosition())
+ Move(pos);
+
+ // In case Realize is called after the initial display (IOW the programmer
+ // may have rebuilt the toolbar) give the frame the option of resizing the
+ // toolbar to full width again, but only if the parent is a frame and the
+ // toolbar is managed by the frame. Otherwise assume that some other
+ // layout mechanism is controlling the toolbar size and leave it alone.
+ wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame);
+ if ( frame && frame->GetToolBar() == this )
+ {
+ frame->SendSizeEvent();
+ }
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// toolbar styles
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// get the TBSTYLE of the given toolbar window
+long wxToolBar::GetMSWToolbarStyle() const
+{
+ return ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETSTYLE, 0, 0L);
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::SetWindowStyleFlag(long style)
+{
+ // the style bits whose changes force us to recreate the toolbar
+ static const long MASK_NEEDS_RECREATE = wxTB_TEXT | wxTB_NOICONS;
+
+ const long styleOld = GetWindowStyle();
+
+ wxToolBarBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(style);
+
+ // don't recreate an empty toolbar: not only this is unnecessary, but it is
+ // also fatal as we'd then try to recreate the toolbar when it's just being
+ // created
+ if ( GetToolsCount() &&
+ (style & MASK_NEEDS_RECREATE) != (styleOld & MASK_NEEDS_RECREATE) )
+ {
+ // to remove the text labels, simply re-realizing the toolbar is enough
+ // but I don't know of any way to add the text to an existing toolbar
+ // other than by recreating it entirely
+ Recreate();
+ }
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// tool state
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxToolBar::DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable)
+{
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_ENABLEBUTTON,
+ (WPARAM)tool->GetId(), (LPARAM)MAKELONG(enable, 0));
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle)
+{
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_CHECKBUTTON,
+ (WPARAM)tool->GetId(), (LPARAM)MAKELONG(toggle, 0));
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *WXUNUSED(tool), bool WXUNUSED(toggle))
+{
+ // VZ: AFAIK, the button has to be created either with TBSTYLE_CHECK or
+ // without, so we really need to delete the button and recreate it here
+ wxFAIL_MSG( _T("not implemented") );
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::SetToolNormalBitmap( int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap )
+{
+ wxToolBarTool* tool = wx_static_cast(wxToolBarTool*, FindById(id));
+ if ( tool )
+ {
+ wxCHECK_RET( tool->IsButton(), wxT("Can only set bitmap on button tools."));
+
+ tool->SetNormalBitmap(bitmap);
+ Realize();
+ }
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::SetToolDisabledBitmap( int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap )
+{
+ wxToolBarTool* tool = wx_static_cast(wxToolBarTool*, FindById(id));
+ if ( tool )
+ {
+ wxCHECK_RET( tool->IsButton(), wxT("Can only set bitmap on button tools."));
+
+ tool->SetDisabledBitmap(bitmap);
+ Realize();
+ }
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// event handlers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Responds to colour changes, and passes event on to children.
+void wxToolBar::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
+{
+ wxRGBToColour(m_backgroundColour, ::GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE));
+
+ // Remap the buttons
+ Realize();
+
+ // Relayout the toolbar
+ int nrows = m_maxRows;
+ m_maxRows = 0; // otherwise SetRows() wouldn't do anything
+ SetRows(nrows);
+
+ Refresh();
+
+ // let the event propagate further
+ event.Skip();
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
+{
+ if ( event.Leaving() )
+ {
+ if ( m_pInTool )
+ {
+ OnMouseEnter(wxID_ANY);
+ m_pInTool = NULL;
+ }
+
+ event.Skip();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if ( event.RightDown() )
+ {
+ // find the tool under the mouse
+ wxCoord x = 0, y = 0;
+ event.GetPosition(&x, &y);
+
+ wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindToolForPosition(x, y);
+ OnRightClick(tool ? tool->GetId() : -1, x, y);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ event.Skip();
+ }
+}
+
+// This handler is required to allow the toolbar to be set to a non-default
+// colour: for example, when it must blend in with a notebook page.
+void wxToolBar::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
+{
+ RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd());
+
+ wxDC *dc = event.GetDC();
+ if (!dc) return;
+ wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc->GetImpl();
+ HDC hdc = GetHdcOf(*impl);
+
+ int majorVersion, minorVersion;
+ wxGetOsVersion(& majorVersion, & minorVersion);
+
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+ // we may need to draw themed colour so that we appear correctly on
+ // e.g. notebook page under XP with themes but only do it if the parent
+ // draws themed background itself
+ if ( !UseBgCol() && !GetParent()->UseBgCol() )
+ {
+ wxUxThemeEngine *theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive();
+ if ( theme )
+ {
+ HRESULT
+ hr = theme->DrawThemeParentBackground(GetHwnd(), hdc, &rect);
+ if ( hr == S_OK )
+ return;
+
+ // it can also return S_FALSE which seems to simply say that it
+ // didn't draw anything but no error really occurred
+ if ( FAILED(hr) )
+ wxLogApiError(_T("DrawThemeParentBackground(toolbar)"), hr);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Only draw a rebar theme on Vista, since it doesn't jive so well with XP
+ if ( !UseBgCol() && majorVersion >= 6 )
+ {
+ wxUxThemeEngine *theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive();
+ if ( theme )
+ {
+ wxUxThemeHandle hTheme(this, L"REBAR");
+
+ RECT r;
+ wxRect rect = GetClientRect();
+ wxCopyRectToRECT(rect, r);
+
+ HRESULT hr = theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, hdc, 0, 0, & r, NULL);
+ if ( hr == S_OK )
+ return;
+
+ // it can also return S_FALSE which seems to simply say that it
+ // didn't draw anything but no error really occurred
+ if ( FAILED(hr) )
+ wxLogApiError(_T("DrawThemeParentBackground(toolbar)"), hr);
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME
+
+ // we need to always draw our background under XP, as otherwise it doesn't
+ // appear correctly with some themes (e.g. Zune one)
+ if ( majorVersion == 5 ||
+ UseBgCol() || (GetMSWToolbarStyle() & TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT) )
+ {
+ // do draw our background
+ //
+ // notice that this 'dumb' implementation may cause flicker for some of
+ // the controls in which case they should intercept wxEraseEvent and
+ // process it themselves somehow
+ AutoHBRUSH hBrush(wxColourToRGB(GetBackgroundColour()));
+
+ wxCHANGE_HDC_MAP_MODE(hdc, MM_TEXT);
+ ::FillRect(hdc, &rect, hBrush);
+ }
+ else // we have no non default background colour
+ {
+ // let the system do it for us
+ event.Skip();
+ }
+}
+
+bool wxToolBar::HandleSize(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam), WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+ // calculate our minor dimension ourselves - we're confusing the standard
+ // logic (TB_AUTOSIZE) with our horizontal toolbars and other hacks
+ RECT r;
+ if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETITEMRECT, 0, (LPARAM)&r) )
+ {
+ int w, h;
+
+ if ( IsVertical() )
+ {
+ w = r.right - r.left;
+ if ( m_maxRows )
+ {
+ w *= (m_nButtons + m_maxRows - 1)/m_maxRows;
+ }
+ h = HIWORD(lParam);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ w = LOWORD(lParam);
+ if (HasFlag( wxTB_FLAT ))
+ h = r.bottom - r.top - 3;
+ else
+ h = r.bottom - r.top;
+ if ( m_maxRows )
+ {
+ // FIXME: hardcoded separator line height...
+ h += HasFlag(wxTB_NODIVIDER) ? 4 : 6;
+ h *= m_maxRows;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( MAKELPARAM(w, h) != lParam )
+ {
+ // size really changed
+ SetSize(w, h);
+ }
+
+ // message processed
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool wxToolBar::HandlePaint(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+ // erase any dummy separators which were used
+ // for aligning the controls if any here
+
+ // first of all, are there any controls at all?
+ wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node;
+ for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
+ {
+ if ( node->GetData()->IsControl() )
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ( !node )
+ // no controls, nothing to erase
+ return false;
+
+ wxSize clientSize = GetClientSize();
+ int majorVersion, minorVersion;
+ wxGetOsVersion(& majorVersion, & minorVersion);
+
+ // prepare the DC on which we'll be drawing
+ wxClientDC dc(this);
+ dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
+ dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
+
+ RECT r;
+ if ( !::GetUpdateRect(GetHwnd(), &r, FALSE) )
+ // nothing to redraw anyhow
+ return false;
+
+ wxRect rectUpdate;
+ wxCopyRECTToRect(r, rectUpdate);
+
+ dc.SetClippingRegion(rectUpdate);
+
+ // draw the toolbar tools, separators &c normally
+ wxControl::MSWWindowProc(WM_PAINT, wParam, lParam);
+
+ // for each control in the toolbar find all the separators intersecting it
+ // and erase them
+ //
+ // NB: this is really the only way to do it as we don't know if a separator
+ // corresponds to a control (i.e. is a dummy one) or a real one
+ // otherwise
+ for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
+ {
+ wxToolBarTool *tool = (wxToolBarTool*)node->GetData();
+ if ( tool->IsControl() )
+ {
+ // get the control rect in our client coords
+ wxControl *control = tool->GetControl();
+ wxStaticText *staticText = tool->GetStaticText();
+ wxRect rectCtrl = control->GetRect();
+ wxRect rectStaticText(0,0,0,0);
+ if ( staticText )
+ {
+ rectStaticText = staticText->GetRect();
+ }
+
+ // iterate over all buttons
+ TBBUTTON tbb;
+ int count = ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0, 0);
+ for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+ {
+ // is it a separator?
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETBUTTON,
+ n, (LPARAM)&tbb) )
+ {
+ wxLogDebug(_T("TB_GETBUTTON failed?"));
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if ( tbb.fsStyle != TBSTYLE_SEP )
+ continue;
+
+ // get the bounding rect of the separator
+ RECT r;
+ if ( !::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), TB_GETITEMRECT,
+ n, (LPARAM)&r) )
+ {
+ wxLogDebug(_T("TB_GETITEMRECT failed?"));
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // does it intersect the control?
+ wxRect rectItem;
+ wxCopyRECTToRect(r, rectItem);
+ if ( rectCtrl.Intersects(rectItem) || (staticText && rectStaticText.Intersects(rectItem)))
+ {
+ // yes, do erase it!
+
+ bool haveRefreshed = false;
+
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+ if ( !UseBgCol() && !GetParent()->UseBgCol() )
+ {
+ // Don't use DrawThemeBackground
+ }
+ else if ( !UseBgCol() && majorVersion >= 6 )
+ {
+ wxUxThemeEngine *theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive();
+ if ( theme )
+ {
+ wxUxThemeHandle hTheme(this, L"REBAR");
+
+ RECT clipRect = r;
+
+ // Draw the whole background since the pattern may be position sensitive;
+ // but clip it to the area of interest.
+ r.left = 0;
+ r.right = clientSize.x;
+ r.top = 0;
+ r.bottom = clientSize.y;
+
+ wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl();
+ HRESULT hr = theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), 0, 0, & r, & clipRect);
+ if ( hr == S_OK )
+ haveRefreshed = true;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (!haveRefreshed)
+ dc.DrawRectangle(rectItem);
+ }
+
+ if ( rectCtrl.Intersects(rectItem) )
+ {
+ // Necessary in case we use a no-paint-on-size
+ // style in the parent: the controls can disappear
+ control->Refresh(false);
+ }
+
+ if ( staticText && rectStaticText.Intersects(rectItem) )
+ {
+ // Necessary in case we use a no-paint-on-size
+ // style in the parent: the controls can disappear
+ staticText->Refresh(false);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::HandleMouseMove(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam), WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+ wxCoord x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+ y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
+ wxToolBarToolBase* tool = FindToolForPosition( x, y );
+
+ // has the current tool changed?
+ if ( tool != m_pInTool )
+ {
+ m_pInTool = tool;
+ OnMouseEnter(tool ? tool->GetId() : wxID_ANY);
+ }
+}
+
+WXLRESULT wxToolBar::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+ switch ( nMsg )
+ {
+ case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+ // we don't handle mouse moves, so always pass the message to
+ // wxControl::MSWWindowProc (HandleMouseMove just calls OnMouseEnter)
+ HandleMouseMove(wParam, lParam);
+ break;
+
+ case WM_SIZE:
+ if ( HandleSize(wParam, lParam) )
+ return 0;
+ break;
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+ case WM_PAINT:
+ if ( HandlePaint(wParam, lParam) )
+ return 0;
+#endif
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return wxControl::MSWWindowProc(nMsg, wParam, lParam);
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// private functions
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+
+WXHBITMAP wxToolBar::MapBitmap(WXHBITMAP bitmap, int width, int height)
+{
+ MemoryHDC hdcMem;
+
+ if ( !hdcMem )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(_T("CreateCompatibleDC"));
+
+ return bitmap;
+ }
+
+ SelectInHDC bmpInHDC(hdcMem, (HBITMAP)bitmap);
+
+ if ( !bmpInHDC )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(_T("SelectObject"));
+
+ return bitmap;
+ }
+
+ wxCOLORMAP *cmap = wxGetStdColourMap();
+
+ for ( int i = 0; i < width; i++ )
+ {
+ for ( int j = 0; j < height; j++ )
+ {
+ COLORREF pixel = ::GetPixel(hdcMem, i, j);
+
+ for ( size_t k = 0; k < wxSTD_COL_MAX; k++ )
+ {
+ COLORREF col = cmap[k].from;
+ if ( abs(GetRValue(pixel) - GetRValue(col)) < 10 &&
+ abs(GetGValue(pixel) - GetGValue(col)) < 10 &&
+ abs(GetBValue(pixel) - GetBValue(col)) < 10 )
+ {
+ if ( cmap[k].to != pixel )
+ ::SetPixel(hdcMem, i, j, cmap[k].to);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return bitmap;
+}
+
+#endif // wxREMAP_BUTTON_COLOURS
+
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR